BMW Motorrad

Rider's Manual
F 850 GS Adventure
Vehicle data/dealership details

Vehicle data Dealership details

Model Person to contact in Service department

Vehicle Identification Number Ms/Mr

Colour code Phone number

Date of first registration

Registration number Dealership address/phone number (com-

pany stamp)
Welcome to BMW The record of the maintenance
work you have had performed on
We congratulate you on your vehicle is a precondition for
your choice of a vehicle from generous treatment of goodwill
BMW Motorrad and welcome claims.
you to the community of BMW If the time comes to sell your
riders. Familiarise yourself with BMW, please remember to hand
your new vehicle so that you can over these operating instructions
ride it safely and confidently in all to the new owner. They are an
traffic situations. important part of the vehicle.

About these operating Suggestions and criticism

instructions If you have questions concern-
Read these operating instructions ing your vehicle, your authorised
carefully before starting to use BMW Motorrad dealer will gladly
your new BMW. They contain provide advice and assistance.
important information on how to
operate the controls and how to We hope you will enjoy riding
make the best possible use of all your BMW and that all your jour-
your BMW's technical features. neys will be pleasant and safe
In addition, they contain informa-
tion on maintenance and care to BMW Motorrad.
help you maintain your vehicle's
reliability and safety, as well as its
value. 01 40 9 446 871

*01409446871*
*01409446871*
*01409446871*
Table of Contents
Instrument cluster with Con- Turn indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
1 General instructions . . . . 7 nectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Multifunction display . . . . . . 100
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 3 Status indicators . . . . . . . 31 SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Abbreviations and Overview, displays . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Date and time . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Warning indicator lights . . . . . 36 General settings in the mul-
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Overview, displays with con- tifunction display . . . . . . . . . . 105
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 nectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Antilock Brake System
Currency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Indicator lights with Con- (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Additional sources of inform- nectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Traction control (ASC/
ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 DTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
4 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Certificates and operating Electronic Suspension Ad-
Ignition switch/steering
licences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 justment (D­ESA) . . . . . . . . . 110
lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Data memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Riding mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Ignition with Key-
Intelligent emergency call PRO riding mode . . . . . . . . . 116
less Ride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 PRO riding mode with con-
Electronic immobiliser
2 General views . . . . . . . . . . . 19 nectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
EWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
General view, left side . . . . . . . 21 Cruise-control system . . . . . 119
Emergency off switch (kill
General view, right side . . . . . 23 Tyre pressure control
switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Underneath the seat . . . . . . . . 24 (RDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Intelligent emergency
Multifunction switch, left . . . . 25 Heated handlebar grips . . . 122
call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Multifunction switch, Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Operating instructions . . . . . 125
Daytime riding light . . . . . . . . . . 97
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Hazard warning flashers . . . . . 99
5 TFT display . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 9 Engineering
General instructions . . . . . . . 128 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Shift mechanism . . . . . . . . . . 159 General instructions . . . . . . . 184
Pure Ride view . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Spring preload . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Antilock Brake System
General settings . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Bluetooth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 8 Riding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Traction control (ASC/
My vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Safety instructions . . . . . . . . 164 DTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
On-board computer . . . . . . . 144 Comply with checklist . . . . . 167 Riding mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 When changing the load Tyre pressure control
Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 status: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 (RDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Always before riding Gear Shift Assistant . . . . . . . 192
Display software off: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 10 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . 195
version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Every 3rd refuelling General instructions . . . . . . . 196
Display licence informa- stop: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Toolkit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Service tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
6 Anti-theft alarm . . . . . . . 149 Running in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Front-wheel stand . . . . . . . . . 197
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Shifting gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Off-roading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Alarm function. . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Deactivation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Parking your motor- Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
7 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Rims and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Securing motorcycle for Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Windscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Body panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 13 Technical data . . . . . . 251 Maintenance schedule . . . . 271
Jump-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Troubleshooting chart . . . . . 252 Maintenance confirma-
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Screw connections . . . . . . . . 254 tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Service confirmations . . . . . 286
Diagnostic connector . . . . . . 229 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 15 Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Declaration of conform-
11 Accessories . . . . . . . . . 233 Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 ity for electronic immobil-
General instructions . . . . . . . 234 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 iser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Power sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Final drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Certificate for electronic
Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Topcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Chassis and Declaration of conformity
Navigation system . . . . . . . . . 239 suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 for Keyless Ride . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Certificate for Key-
12 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . 261 less Ride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Care products . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . 263 Declaration of conformity
Washing the vehicle . . . . . . . 246
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 for tyre pressure control
Cleaning easily damaged
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 (RDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Performance figures . . . . . . . 266 Certificate for tyre pressure
Care of paintwork . . . . . . . . . 248
Vehicle preservation . . . . . . . 248 14 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 control (RDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Laying up the motor- BMW Motorrad Service . . . 268 Declaration of conformity
cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 BMW Motorrad Service for TFT instrument
Restoring motorcycle to history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 BMW Motorrad mobility Certificate for TFT instru-
services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 ment cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Maintenance work . . . . . . . . . 269
Declaration of conformity
for intelligent emergency
call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Declaration of conform-
ity for anti-theft alarm sys-
tem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
16 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
General instructions
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1
7
Abbreviations and symbols . . . . . . . . . . 8
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

General instructions
Currency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Additional sources of informa-
tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Certificates and operating
licences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Data memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Intelligent emergency call z
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Overview WARNING Medium-risk Reference to a page with
1 Chapter 2 of this Rider's Manual
hazard. Non-avoidance can more detailed informa-
lead to fatal or severe injury. tion.
8 will provide you with an initial
overview of your motorcycle. All DANGER High-risk haz-
Indicates the end of a
maintenance and servicing work ard. Non-avoidance leads
passage relating to spe-
on the vehicle is documented in to fatal or severe injury.
cific accessories or items
Chapter 14. The record of the ATTENTION Special of equipment.
General instructions

maintenance work you have had notes and precautionary

performed on your vehicle is a measures. Non-compliance can Tightening torque.
precondition for generous treat- lead to damage to the vehicle or
ment of goodwill claims. accessory and, consequently, to
If the time comes to sell your voiding of the warranty. Technical data.
BMW, please remember to hand
NOTICE Specific instruc-
over these operating instructions
tions on how to operate, NV National-market version.
to the new owner. They are an
control, adjust or look after items
important part of the motorcycle.
of equipment on the vehicle. OE Optional equipment.
z Abbreviations and Indicates the end of an The vehicles are as-
item of information. sembled complete with
symbols all the BMW Motorrad
CAUTION Low-risk hazard. Instruction. optional equipment ori-
Non-avoidance can lead to ginally ordered.
slight or moderate injury. Result of an activity.
OA Optional accessories. RDC Tyre pressure monitor- Technical data
You can obtain ing.
All dimensions, weights and 1
BMW Motorrad
power ratings stated in the 9
optional accessories Equipment operating instructions are quoted
through your authorised
When you purchased your BMW to the standards and comply with
BMW Motorrad dealer;
motorcycle, you chose a model the tolerance requirements of the
optional accessories
with individual equipment. These Deutsches Institut für Normung
have to be retrofitted to

General instructions
operating instructions describe e.V. (DIN).
the vehicle.
the optional equipment (OE) Technical data and specifications
ABS Anti-lock brake system. offered by BMW and selected in this rider's manual serve as
optional accessories (OA). reference points. The vehicle-
ASC Automatic Stability Con- This explains why the manual specific data may deviate from
trol. may also contain descriptions these, for example as a result of
of equipment that you might selected optional equipment,
EWS Electronic immobiliser. not have selected. Please the national-market version or
note, too, that on account of country-specific measuring
D- Electronic chassis and country-specific differences, your procedures. Detailed values
ESA suspension adjustment. motorcycle might not be exactly can be taken from the vehicle
z
as illustrated. registration documents and
DTC Dynamic Traction Con- If your motorcycle contains signs on the vehicle, or can be
trol (optional extra only equipment that has not been obtained from your authorised
in combination with Pro described, its description can be BMW Motorrad Retailer or
riding modes). found in a separate manual. another qualified service partner
or specialist workshop. The
DWA Anti-theft alarm.
specifications in the vehicle
documents always have priority
over the information provided in Additional sources of Data memory
1 this rider's manual. information General
10 Currency Authorised BMW Motorrad Control units are installed in the
dealer vehicle. Control units process
The high safety and quality data that they receive, for ex-
Your BMW Motorrad Retailer will
standards of BMW motorcycles ample, from vehicle sensors, or
be happy to answer any ques-
are maintained by constant that they generate themselves or
tions you may have.
development work on designs,
General instructions

exchange between each other.

equipment and accessories. Internet Some control units are required
Because of this, your motorcycle for the vehicle to function safely
The rider's manual for your
may differ from the information or provide assistance during rid-
vehicle, operating and installation
supplied in these instructions. ing, for example assistance sys-
instructions for any accessories
Nor can BMW Motorrad entirely tems. In addition, control units
and general information on
rule out errors and omissions. enable comfort or infotainment
BMW Motorrad, for example
We hope you will appreciate that functions.
relating to technology, are
no claims can be entertained on Information on data that has
available at [Link]-
the basis of the data, illustrations been stored or exchanged can
z or descriptions in these operating
[Link]/service.
be obtained from the manufac-
instructions. turer of the vehicle, for example
Certificates and
via a separate booklet.
operating licences
The certificates for the vehicle Personal reference
and the official operating licences Each vehicle is identified with a
for any accessories are available clear vehicle identification num-
at [Link]/ ber. Depending on the country,
certification. the vehicle identification num-
ber, the number plate and the Manufacturer of the vehicle The vehicle owner can also re-
corresponding authorities can Qualified service partners quest that a BMW Motorrad Re- 1
be referenced to ascertain the Specialist workshops tailer or another qualified service
vehicle owner. There are also partner or specialist workshop 11
Service providers
other ways to use data obtained read out the data that is stored in
from the vehicle to trace the rider Vehicle users have the right to the vehicle for a charge.
or vehicle owner, for example request information on what per- The vehicle data is read out us-
using the ConnectedDrive user sonal data has been stored, for ing the legally prescribed socket

General instructions
account. what purpose the data is used, for on-board diagnosis (OBD) in
and where the data comes from. the vehicle.
Data protection rights To obtain this information, proof
In accordance with applicable of ownership or use is required. Legal requirements for the
data protection laws, vehicle The right to information also in- disclosure of data
users have certain rights in re- cludes information about data As part of its legal responsib-
lation to the manufacturer of the that has been shared with other ilities, the manufacturer of the
vehicle or in relation to compan- companies or entities. vehicle is obligated to make its
ies which collect or process per- The website of the vehicle man- stored data available to the rel-
sonal data. ufacturer contains the applicable evant authorities. This data is z
Vehicle users have the right to data protection information. This provided in the required scope in
obtain full information at no cost data protection information in- individual cases, for example to
from persons or entities storing cludes information on the right to clarify a criminal offence.
personal data of the vehicle user. have data deleted or corrected. In the context of applicable laws,
These entities may include: The manufacturer of the vehicle public agencies are entitled in
also provides their contact details individual cases to read out data
and those of the data protection from the vehicle themselves.
officer on their website.
Operating data in the vehicle or the surrounding area, for ex- stored in incident or fault memor-
1 Control units process data to op- ample: ies as required by events.
erate the vehicle. Operating conditions of system If services are accessed, for ex-
12 components, for example filling ample repairs, service processes,
This includes, for example:
Status reports of the vehicle levels, tyre pressure warranty cases and quality assur-
and its individual components, Malfunctions and faults in im- ance measures, this technical in-
for example wheel revolutions, portant system components, formation can be read out of the
wheel speed, deceleration for example light and brakes vehicle together with the vehicle
General instructions

Environmental conditions, for Response of the vehicle in identification number.

example temperature special riding situations, for The information can be read out
example engagement of the by a BMW Motorrad Retailer or
The data is only processed in driving dynamics systems another qualified service part-
the vehicle itself and is gener- Information on incidents result- ner or specialist workshop. The
ally non-permanent. The data is ing in damage to the vehicle legally stipulated socket for on-
not stored beyond the operating board diagnosis (OBD) in the
period. The data is necessary for the vehicle is used to read out the
Electronic components, for ex- provision of control unit functions. data.
z ample control units, contain com- Furthermore, the data is used to The data is obtained, processed
ponents for storing technical in- detect and rectify malfunctions and used by the relevant parts of
formation. Information can be and to enable the vehicle manu- the retailer network. The data is
temporarily or permanently stored facturer to optimise vehicle func- used to document the technical
on the vehicle condition, com- tions. conditions of the vehicle, to help
ponent loads, incidents or errors. The vast majority of this data is with error localization, to comply
This information is generally used non-permanent and is only pro- with warranty obligations and to
to document the condition of a cessed in the vehicle itself. Only improve quality.
component, a module, a system a small amount of the data is
In addition, the manufacturer has Settings of the windscreen po- stored in the vehicle, the data
various product monitoring ob- sition can be deleted at any time. 1
ligations arising from product li- Chassis and suspension set-
ability legislation. To meet these tings This data is transferred to third 13
obligations, the vehicle manu- parties only if personally reques-
facturer requires technical data If required, data can be entered ted within the context of using
from the vehicle. The data from in the entertainment and commu- online services. This depends on
the vehicle can also be used to nication system of the vehicle, for the selected settings when using

General instructions
check warranty claims from the example using a smartphone. the services.
customer. Depending on the individual
equipment, this includes: Incorporation of mobile end
Error and incident memories in
Multimedia data, such as music devices
the vehicle can be reset dur-
for playback Depending on the equipment,
ing servicing or repair work by
Contacts data for use in con- mobile end devices connected to
a BMW Motorrad Retailer or an-
nection with a communication the vehicle, for example smart-
other qualified service partner or
system or an integrated naviga- phones, can be controlled using
specialist workshop.
tion system the operating elements of the
Data input and data transfer vehicle.
Entered destinations
The image and sound of the mo-
z
in the vehicle Data on the use of internet
services. This data can be bile end device can then be out-
General
stored locally in the vehicle put via the multimedia system.
Depending on the equipment,
or is located on a device that At the same time, specific in-
comfort and customised settings
is connected to the vehicle, formation is transferred to the
can be stored in the vehicle and
for example smartphone, USB mobile end device. Depending
can be changed or reset at any
stick, MP3 player. If this data is on the type of integration, this in-
time.
cludes, for example, position data
This includes, for example:
and additional general vehicle in-
formation. This enables optimal that are provided by the vehicle data connection activated or de-
1 use of the selected apps, for ex- manufacturer or by other pro- activated. Statutory functions are
ample navigation or music play- viders. excluded from this.
14 back.
The type of additional data pro- Services of the vehicle manu- Services from other providers
cessing is determined by the facturer When using online services from
provider of the respective app. For online services of the vehicle other providers, these services
The scope of the possible set- manufacturer, the individual are subject to the responsibil-
General instructions

tings depends on the corres- functions are described at ity and the data protection and
ponding app and the operating suitable points, for example operating conditions of the indi-
system of the mobile end device. rider's manual, website of the vidual provider. The vehicle man-
manufacturer. At the same time, ufacturer has no influence on the
Services information is also provided on content that is exchanged in this
General the relevant data protection law. instance. Information on the type,
If the vehicle has a wireless con- Personal data may be used to scope and purpose of the data
nection, this enables the ex- provide online services. Data capture and use of personal data
change of data between the is exchanged using a secure as part of the services of third
z vehicle and other systems. The connection, for example with parties can be ascertained from
wireless connection is enabled by the IT systems provided by the the individual provider.
the vehicle's own transmitter and vehicle manufacturer.
receiver unit or using personally Obtaining, processing and us- Intelligent emergency
integrated mobile end devices, ing personal data outside of the call system
for example smartphones. On- normal provision of services re-
with intelligent emergency
line functions can be used using quires legal permission, contrac-
call OE
this wireless connection. These tual agreement or consent. It is
include online services and apps also possible to have the entire
Principle Protection of personal data: only with the agreement of the
The intelligent emergency call Directive 2002/58/EC of the vehicle owner. 1
system enables manual or auto- European Parliament and of the The intelligent emergency call
Council. system and other services with 15
matic emergency calls, for ex-
ample in the event of an acci- additional benefits may only pro-
The legal basis for the activa- cess personal data with the ex-
dent.
tion and function of the intelli- press permission of the person
The emergency calls are re-
gent emergency call system is affected by the data processing,
ceived by an emergency call

General instructions
the concluded ConnectedRide for example the vehicle owner.
centre that is commissioned by
contract for this function, as well
the vehicle manufacturer.
as the corresponding laws, or- SIM card
For information on operating the
dinances and directives of the The intelligent emergency call
intelligent emergency call system
European Parliament and of the system is operated by mobile ra-
and its functions, please refer to
European Council. dio using the SIM card installed
"Intelligent emergency call".
The relevant ordinances and dir- in the vehicle. The SIM card is
Legal basis ectives regulate the protection of permanently logged into the mo-
natural persons during the pro- bile phone network to enable
Processing of personal data us-
cessing of personal data. rapid connection setup. Data is z
ing the intelligent emergency call
The processing of personal data sent to the vehicle manufacturer
system is in line with the follow-
by the intelligent emergency call in the event of an emergency.
ing regulations:
system satisfies the European
Protection of personal data:
directives for the protection of Improving quality
Directive 95/46/EC of the
personal data. The data that is transferred in
European Parliament and of the
The intelligent emergency call an emergency is also used by
Council.
system processes personal data the manufacturer of the vehicle
to improve product and service read out of the vehicle memory. In addition, the intelligent emer-
1 quality. As a rule, log data is only read gency call system sends the fol-
out following a court order, and lowing additional information to
16 Location determination this is only possible if the corres- an emergency call centre com-
The position of the vehicle can ponding devices are connected missioned by the vehicle man-
be determined exclusively by directly to the vehicle. ufacturer and, if required, to the
the mobile phone network pro- emergency services:
vider based on the mobile phone Automatic emergency call Accident data, for example the
General instructions

site locations. The provider can- The system is designed so that, direction of impact detected
not link the vehicle identifica- following a sufficiently serious by the vehicle sensors, to as-
tion number and phone number accident, which is detected by sist the emergency services
of the installed SIM card. Only sensors in the vehicle, an emer- response.
the manufacturer of the vehicle gency call is automatically activ- Contact details, for example the
can link the vehicle identification ated. phone number of the installed
number and phone number of SIM card and the phone num-
the installed SIM cards. Sent information ber of the rider, if available, to
When making an emergency call enable rapid contact with those
z Log data of emergency calls using the intelligent emergency involved in the accident if re-
The log data of emergency calls call system, the system forwards quired.
is stored in a memory of the the same information to the des-
vehicle. The oldest log data is ignated emergency call centre as Data storage
regularly deleted. The log data is forwarded to the public emer- The data for an activated
includes, for example, information gency operations centre by the emergency call is stored in
on when and where an emer- statutory emergency call system the vehicle. The data contains
gency call was made. In excep- eCall. information on the emergency
tional cases, the log data can be
call, for example the location and
time of the emergency call. 1
The voice recordings of the
emergency call are stored at the 17
emergency call centre.
The voice recordings of the cus-
tomer are stored for 24 hours in
case details of the emergency

General instructions
call need to be analysed. After
this, the voice recordings are
deleted. The voice recordings
of the employee of the emer-
gency call centre are stored for
24 hours for quality assurance
purposes.

Information on personal data

The data that is processed as z
part of the intelligent emergency
call is processed exclusively to
carry out the emergency call. As
part of its statutory obligation,
the manufacturer of the vehicle
provides information about the
data that it has processed and
any data that it still has stored.
z
18
1

General instructions
General views
General view, left side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2
19
General view, right side . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Underneath the seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Multifunction switch, left . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

General views
Multifunction switch, right . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Instrument cluster with Connectiv-
ity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
z
z
20
2

General views
General view, left side
1 Power socket ( 234) 2
2 Seat lock ( 124) 21
3 Adjustment of damping
characteristic ( 161)
4 Oil filler opening and oil
dipstick ( 198)

General views
z
z
22
2

General views
General view, right side
1 Setting the spring preload 2
( 160) 23
2 Brake-fluid reservoir, rear
( 204)
3 Brake-fluid reservoir, front
( 202)

General views
4 Vehicle identification num-
ber, type plate (on steering
head)
5 Coolant level indicator
(behind side trim panel)
( 206)
z
Underneath the seat
2 1 Toolkit ( 196)
24 2 Rider's Manual ( 8)
3 Payload table
4 Battery ( 224)
5 Replacing main fuse
( 228).
General views

6 Diagnostic connector
( 229)
7 Connector for encoding
plug
with riding modes Pro OE
Install the coding plug
z ( 115).
8 Replace fuses ( 228).
Multifunction switch,
left 2
1 High-beam headlight and 25
headlight flasher ( 95)
2 with cruise control OE
Cruise-control system
( 120).

General views
3 Hazard warning flashers
( 99)
4 ABS ( 107)
ASC/DTC ( 108)
5 with Dynamic ESA OE
Possible settings ( 110)
6 with additional head- z
light OE
Additional headlight
( 96).
7 Turn indicators ( 99)
8 Horn
9 MENU rocker button
( 129)
10 Multi-Controller
Controls ( 129)
11 with daytime riding
2 light OE
Manual daytime riding light
26 ( 97).
General views

z
Multifunction switch,
right 2
1 with heated grips OE 27
Operating the heated
handlebar grips ( 122).
2 Riding mode ( 114)
3 Emergency off switch (kill

General views
switch) ( 91)
4 Starter button ( 167)
5 SOS button
Intelligent emergency call
( 92)

z
Instrument panel
2 1 Engine speed display, in-
28 dicator and warning lights
( 32)
2 Multifunction display
( 34)
3 Photosensor
General views

with anti-theft alarm

(DWA) OE
DWA light-emitting diode
General information about
the anti-theft alarm (DWA)
( 150)
z
Instrument cluster with
Connectivity 2
with Connectivity OE 29

1 Indicator and warning lights

with Connectivity ( 55)
2 TFT display ( 57)

General views
( 59)
3 Alarm system LED
Alarm ( 152)
with Keyless Ride OE
Indicator light for the radio-
operated key
Ignition with Keyless Ride z
( 88).
4 Photosensor (for adapting
the brightness of the in-
strument lighting)
z
30
2

General views
Status indicators
Overview, displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3
31
Warning indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Overview, displays with connectiv-
ity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Status indicators
Indicator lights with Connectivity . . . . 61

z
Overview, displays
3 Indicator and warning
32 lights
1 with daytime riding
light OE
Manual daytime riding light
( 97).
Status indicators

2 Switch off the ABS func-

tion ( 107).
3 - with EU markets ex-
port NV
Malfunction indicator lamp
Emissions warning ( 43)
4 Turn indicators, left
z 5 Neutral
6 with cruise control OE
Cruise-control system
( 120).
7 Warning light, fuel down to
reserve ( 50)
8 High-beam headlight
9 General warning light
( 36)
10 Turn indicators, right
11 Photosensor
with anti-theft alarm 3
(DWA) OE
33
DWA light-emitting diode
General information about
the anti-theft alarm (DWA)
( 150)
12 with additional head-

Status indicators
light OE
Additional headlight
( 96).
13 ASC/DTC ( 50)

z
Multifunction display
3 1 Riding modes ( 114)
34 2 Coding plug
with riding modes Pro OE
Install the coding plug
( 115).
3 Speedometer
Status indicators

4 Automatic daytime riding

light ( 97)
5 Fuel gauge
6 Warning lights (see indic-
ator lights overview)
7 Warning messages (see
indicator lights overview)
8 Heated handlebar grips
z ( 122)
9 Display area, top ( 100)
10 Display area, bottom
( 100)
11 Fuel reserve indicator light
( 50)
12 Outside temperature warn-
ing ( 41)
13 Recommendation to up-
shift ( 53)
14 Gear indicator
15 Time ( 103) 3
16 Dynamic ESA ( 110)
35

Status indicators
z
Warning indicator lights If two or more warnings occur at
3 Mode of presentation
the same time all the appropriate
warning lights and warning sym-
36 Warnings are indicated by the bols appear; text warnings show
corresponding warning lights. alternately.
The possible warnings are listed
on the next pages.
Status indicators

z Warnings for which there is no

dedicated warning light are indic-
ated by 'General' warning light 1
showing in combination with a
warning message at position 2
such as, for example, LAMPF! or
a warning symbol 3 appearing in
the multifunction display.
The 'general' warning light shows
red or yellow, depending on the
urgency of the warning.
Warnings, overview 3
Indicator and warning Display text Meaning 37
lights
Ice crystal symbol Outside temperature warning ( 41)
is displayed.

Status indicators
General warning EWS warning sym- Electronic immobiliser active ( 41)
light shows yellow. bol is displayed.

General warning appears on the Radio-operated key out of range ( 42)

light shows yellow. display.

General warning KEYLO! appears on Replace the battery of radio-operated

light shows yellow. the display. key ( 42)

General warning Symbol for vehicle Vehicle voltage too low ( 42) z
light shows red. voltage is displayed.

General warning Temperature sym- Coolant temperature too high ( 43)

light shows red. bol appears on the
display.
The malfunction Emissions warning ( 43)
indicator lamp lights
up.
Indicator and warning Display text Meaning
3 lights
38 General warning Engine symbol Engine in emergency-operation mode
light shows yellow. appears on the ( 44)
display.
General warning LAMPF!, LAMPR! Bulb faulty ( 44)
light shows yellow. or LAMPS! is dis-
Status indicators

played.
DWALO! appears on Anti-theft alarm battery weak ( 45)
the display.

General warning DWA! appears on Anti-theft alarm battery flat ( 45)

light shows yellow. the display.

General warning The tyre symbol is Tyre pressure in limit range of the per-
z light shows yellow. displayed with one mitted tolerance ( 46)
or two arrows. The
critical tyre pres-
sure flashes.
General warning The tyre symbol is Tyre pressure outside the permitted tol-
light flashes red. displayed with one erance ( 47)
or two arrows. The
critical tyre pres-
sure flashes.
Indicator and warning Display text Meaning
lights 3
General warning The tyre symbol is Sensor faulty or system fault ( 47) 39
light shows yellow. displayed with one
or two arrows.
"--" or "-- --" is Transmission fault ( 48)
displayed.

Status indicators
General warning RDC! appears on Battery for tyre pressure sensor weak
light shows yellow. the display. ( 48)

ABS indicator ABS self-diagnosis not completed

and warning light ( 49)
flashes.
ABS indicator ABS fault ( 49)
and warning light z
shows.
ABS indicator ABS deactivated ( 49)
and warning light
shows.
ASC/DTC indicator ASC/DTC intervention ( 50)
and warning light
quick-flashes.
Indicator and warning Display text Meaning
3 lights
40 ASC/DTC indicator ASC/DTC self-diagnosis not completed
and warning light ( 50)
slow-flashes.
ASC/DTC indicator ASC/DTC switched off ( 50)
and warning light
Status indicators

comes on.
ASC/DTC indicator ASC/DTC fault ( 50)
and warning light
comes on.
lights up Fuel down to reserve ( 50)

z SOS! SOS ERROR Emergency call fault ( 52)

is displayed.
Ambient temperature ture for the first time, irrespective Possible cause:
When the motorcycle is at a of the actual display setting. The air temperature measured 3
standstill, the heat of the engine at the motorcycle is lower than
In addition, the ice crystal 41
can falsify the ambient-tempera- 3 °C.
symbol 2 is shown.
ture reading. If the effect of the
engine's heat becomes excess- WARNING
ive, "--" temporarily appears on WARNING
Risk of black ice also applic-
the display.

Status indicators
Risk of black ice also applic- able at over 3 °C
able at over 3 °C Risk of accident
Risk of accident Always take extra care
Always take extra care when temperatures are
when temperatures are low; remember that there is
low; remember that there is particular danger of black ice
particular danger of black ice forming on bridges and where
forming on bridges and where the road is in shade.
the road is in shade. z
Ride carefully and think well
Outside temperature ahead.
At ambient temperatures below warning Electronic immobiliser
3 °C, there is a risk of ice form- Ice crystal symbol is dis- active
ing. The display will switch over played.
to outside temperature display 1 General warning light shows
automatically and the value dis- yellow.
played will flash, when the tem-
perature falls below this tempera-
The EWS warning symbol Possible cause: Replace the battery of
3 is displayed. Communication between R/C key radio-operated key
Possible cause: and engine electronics is disrup- with Keyless Ride OE
42
ted.
The key being used is not au- General warning light shows
Check the battery in the radio-
thorised for starting, or commu- yellow.
operated key.
nication between key and engine
with Keyless Ride OE KEYLO! appears on the display.
electronics is disrupted.
Replace the battery of the
Status indicators

Remove all other vehicle keys Possible cause:

from the same ring as the igni- radio-operated key ( 90).
The integral battery in the
tion key. Use the reserve key to con-
radio-operated key has lost
Use the reserve key. tinue your journey.
a significant proportion of its
Have the defective key re- with Keyless Ride OE original capacity. There is no
placed, preferably by an author- Battery of the radio-operated assurance of how long the R/C
ised BMW Motorrad Retailer. key is flat or the key has been key can remain operational.
lost ( 89). Replace the battery of the
z Radio-operated key out of Remain calm if the warning radio-operated key ( 90).
range symbol appears while you are
with Keyless Ride OE riding. You can continue your Vehicle voltage too low
journey; the engine will not General warning light shows
General warning light shows switch off. red.
yellow. Have the defective radio-op-
erated key replaced by an au- Symbol for vehicle voltage
appears on the display. is displayed.
thorised BMW Motorrad Re-
tailer.
specialist workshop, preferably Top up coolant ( 207).
WARNING an authorised BMW Motorrad
Possible cause:
3
Failure of the vehicle sys- Retailer.
The coolant temperature is too 43
tems Coolant temperature too high.
Risk of accident
high If possible, ride in the part-load
Do not continue your journey.
General warning light shows range to cool down the engine.
The battery will not be charged. red. In traffic jams, switch off the

Status indicators
By continuing to drive on, the engine, but leave the ignition
vehicle electronics discharge the Temperature symbol ap- switched on so that the radi-
battery. pears on the display. ator fan continues to operate.
If the coolant temperature
NOTICE ATTENTION is frequently too high, have
The fuse for the alternator reg- the fault rectified as soon
Riding with overheated en-
ulator can blow if the 12 V bat- as possible by a specialist
gine
workshop, preferably an
tery is installed incorrectly or if Engine damage z
the terminals are swapped (e.g. authorised BMW Motorrad
Compliance with the Retailer.
when using a starting aid). information set out below is
Possible cause: essential. Emissions warning
The alternator or alternator drive Possible cause: The malfunction indicator
is faulty, battery is faulty or the The coolant level is too low. lamp lights up.
fuse for the alternator regulator
Checking coolant level
has blown.
( 206).
Have the fault rectified as
If the coolant level is too low:
quickly as possible by a
Possible cause: Avoid accelerating sharply and LAMPF!: low-beam headlight,
3 The engine control unit has dia- overtaking. high-beam headlight, side light
gnosed a fault which affects the Possible cause: or front turn indicator faulty.
44 with daytime riding light OE
pollutant emissions. The engine control unit has dia-
Have the fault rectified by a gnosed a fault. In exceptional LAMPF!: additionally: daytime
specialist workshop, preferably cases, the engine stops and re- riding light faulty.
an authorised BMW Motorrad fuses to start. Otherwise, the en- with additional headlight OE
Retailer. LAMPF!: additionally: addi-
Status indicators

gine runs in emergency operating

You can continue riding; pollut- mode. tional headlight faulty.
ant emissions are higher than You can continue to ride, but LAMPR!: brake light, tail light,
the threshold values. bear in mind that the usual en- indicator light rear or number
gine performance might not be plate light faulty.
Engine in emergency- LAMPS!: several bulbs faulty.
available.
operation mode
Have the fault rectified as
General warning light shows quickly as possible by a WARNING
z yellow. specialist workshop, preferably
Engine symbol appears on an authorised BMW Motorrad Vehicle overlooked in traffic
the display. Retailer. due to failure of the lights on
the vehicle
Bulb faulty Safety risk
WARNING
General warning light shows Replace defective bulbs as
Unusual ride characterist- yellow. soon as possible; always carry
ics when engine running in a complete set of spare bulbs if
LAMP! is displayed:
emergency-operation mode possible.
Risk of accident
Possible cause:
Light source faulty.
NOTICE NOTICE
3
Locate faulty light sources by This error message shows briefly This error message shows briefly 45
visual inspection. only after the Pre-Ride-Check only after the Pre-Ride-Check
Replacing LED for low-beam completes. completes.
headlight and high-beam head-
Possible cause: Possible cause:
light ( 219).
Replacing LED for side light The integral battery in the anti- The integral battery in the anti-

Status indicators
( 220). theft alarm has lost a significant theft alarm has lost its entire ori-
proportion of its original capacity. ginal capacity. There is no as-
Replacing LED for brake light
There is no assurance of how surance that the anti-theft alarm
and tail light ( 220).
long the anti-theft alarm can re- will be operational if the vehicle's
Replacing bulbs for front and
main operational if the vehicle's battery is disconnected.
rear turn indicators ( 220).
battery is disconnected. Seek the advice of a specialist
with additional headlight OE
Seek the advice of a specialist workshop, preferably an author-
Replacing the additional head- workshop, preferably an author- ised BMW Motorrad Retailer.
light ( 222). ised BMW Motorrad Retailer.
z
Tyre pressure
Anti-theft alarm battery Anti-theft alarm battery with tyre pressure control
weak flat (RDC) OE
with anti-theft alarm (DWA) OE with anti-theft alarm (DWA) OE
DWALO! appears on the display. General warning light shows
yellow.
DWA! appears on the display.
If the value in question is The tyre symbol is dis-
3 close to the limit of the played with one or two ar-
permissible tolerance range, the rows. The critical tyre pressure
46 reading is accompanied by the flashes.
'General' warning light showing The up arrow indicates a pres-
yellow. If the tyre pressure re- sure problem on the front wheel,
gistered by the sensor is outside the down arrow indicates a pres-
the permissible tolerance range, sure problem on the rear wheel.
Status indicators

the 'General' warning light flashes Possible cause:

red.
The front tyre pressure is on the Measured tyre pressure is close
left 1; the reading on the right 2 to the limit of permitted toler-
is the rear tyre pressure. "­­ ­­" For more information on the ance.
appears directly after the ignition BMW Motorrad RDC system Correct the tyre pressure as
is switched on. The sensors do of tyre pressure monitoring, see stated on the inside cover of
not start transmitting tyre pres- ( 191). the Rider's Manual.
z sure signals until the first time
Tyre pressure in limit
the vehicle accelerates to more NOTICE
than 30 km⁄h. The tyre pres- range of the permitted
sure readings are based on a tolerance Before adjusting the tyre pres-
reference tyre air temperature with tyre pressure control sure, observe the information
of 20 °C. (RDC) OE on temperature compensation
and pressure adaptation in the
If the 3 symbol also shows, General warning light shows section entitled "Engineering
this is a warning. The crit- yellow. details":
ical tyre pressure flashes. Temperature compensation
( 192)
Tyre pressure outside the Possible cause: Temperature compensation
permitted tolerance Measured tyre pressure is out- ( 192) 3
with tyre pressure control side permitted tolerance. Have the tyre checked for
damage by a specialist 47
(RDC) OE Check the tyre for damage
and to ascertain whether the workshop, preferably an
General warning light vehicle can be ridden with the authorised BMW Motorrad
flashes red. tyre in its present condition. Retailer.
If the vehicle can be ridden with If you are unsure whether the

Status indicators
The tyre symbol is dis-
the tyre in its present condition: vehicle can be ridden with the
played with one or two ar-
Correct the tyre pressure at the tyre in its present condition:
rows. The critical tyre pressure
earliest possible opportunity. Do not continue your journey.
flashes.
Notify the breakdown service.
NOTICE
WARNING Sensor faulty or system
You can deactivate RDC warn- fault
Tyre pressure outside the ings for riding in off-road mode.
permitted tolerance. with tyre pressure control z
Risk of accident, degradation of (RDC) OE
NOTICE
the vehicle's driving characterist-
ics. General warning light shows
Before adjusting the tyre pres-
yellow.
Adapt your style of riding sure, observe the information
accordingly. on temperature compensation The tyre symbol is dis-
The up arrow indicates a pres- and pressure adaptation in the played with one or two ar-
sure problem on the front wheel, section entitled "Engineering rows.
the down arrow indicates a pres- details":
sure problem on the rear wheel.
Possible cause: the RDC control unit and the
3 Wheels not equipped with RDC
RDC sensor is not active
sensors.
sensors have been fitted. Observe the RDC displays in
48 other surrounding areas.
Fit wheels and tyres equipped min 30 km/h (The RDC sensor
with RDC sensors. does not send its signal to the A permanent fault is
vehicle until the vehicle has present only when the
Possible cause: exceeded a minimum speed.) general warning light also lights
One or two RDC sensors have up.
Status indicators

Observe the RDC display at

failed or there is a system fault. Under these circumstances:
higher speeds.
Have the fault rectified by a Have the fault rectified by a
A permanent fault is
specialist workshop, preferably specialist workshop, preferably
present only when the
an authorised BMW Motorrad an authorised BMW Motorrad
general warning light also lights
Retailer. Retailer.
up.
Transmission fault Under these circumstances: Battery for tyre pressure
with tyre pressure control Have the fault rectified by a sensor weak
z specialist workshop, preferably
(RDC) OE with tyre pressure control
an authorised BMW Motorrad
Retailer. (RDC) OE
"--" or "-- --" is displayed.
Possible cause: General warning light shows
Possible cause:
The vehicle has not reached the yellow.
The radio link to the RDC
minimum speed ( 191).
sensors is faulty. Radio systems RDC! appears on the display.
are located in the surrounding
area which are interfering with
the transmission between
a few metres for the wheel Have the fault rectified as
NOTICE sensors to be tested. quickly as possible by a 3
This error message shows briefly Pull away slowly. Bear in mind specialist workshop, preferably
that the ABS function is not an authorised BMW Motorrad 49
only after the Pre-Ride-Check
completes. available until self-diagnosis has dealer.
completed.
Possible cause: Possible cause:
The tyre pressure sensor battery ABS fault The ABS control unit has detec-

Status indicators
no longer provides its full capa- ABS indicator and warning ted a fault.
city. The tyre pressure monitor- light shows. You can continue to ride. Bear
ing function will be available for a in mind that the ABS function
limit time only. Possible cause: is not available. Take note of
Seek the advice of a specialist with riding modes Pro OE the more detailed information
workshop, preferably an author- The ABS Pro control unit has on certain situations that can
ised BMW Motorrad Retailer. detected a fault. The ABS Pro lead to an ABS fault message
function is not available. The ( 185).
ABS self-diagnosis not ABS function is available, subject Have the fault rectified as
z
completed to restrictions. ABS provides quickly as possible by a
ABS indicator and warning support only for braking in specialist workshop, preferably
light flashes. straight-ahead driving. an authorised BMW Motorrad
You can continue to ride. Bear Retailer.
Possible cause: in mind the more detailed in-
The ABS function is not formation on certain situations ABS deactivated
available, because self- that can lead to an ABS Pro ABS indicator and warning
diagnosis did not complete. The fault message ( 185). light shows.
motorcycle has to move forward
Possible cause: Possible cause: ASC/DTC fault
3 The rider has switched off the
ASC/DTC self-diagnosis ASC/DTC indicator and
ABS system. warning light comes on.
50 not completed
Activating the ABS function
( 108). Possible cause:
The ASC/DTC function is
The ASC/DTC control unit has
not available, because self-
ASC/DTC intervention diagnosis did not complete.
detected a fault. The ASC/DTC
ASC/DTC indicator and function is not available.
Status indicators

(The motorcycle has to reach

warning light quick-flashes. You can continue to ride. Bear
a defined minimum speed
The ASC/DTC has detected a in mind that the ASC/DTC
for the wheel sensors to be
degree of instability at the rear function is not available. Bear
checked: min 5 km/h)
wheel and has intervened to re- in mind the more detailed in-
Pull away slowly. Bear in mind formation on situations that
duce torque. The indicator and
that the ASC/DTC function is can lead to an ASC/DTC fault
warning light flashes for longer
not available until self-diagnosis ( 187).
than ASC/DTC intervention lasts.
has completed. Have the fault rectified as
z This affords the rider visual feed-
back on control intervention even ASC/DTC switched off quickly as possible by a
after the critical situation has specialist workshop, preferably
ASC/DTC indicator and an authorised BMW Motorrad
been dealt with.
warning light comes on. dealer.
ASC/DTC self-diagnosis Possible cause:
not completed Fuel down to reserve
The rider has switched off the
ASC/DTC indicator and ASC/DTC system. Warning light for fuel down
warning light slow-flashes. Switch on the ASC/DTC func- to reserve shows.
tion ( 109).
quent braking and accelerating), Service-due indicator
WARNING the harder it is to determine the 3
Irregular engine operation or fuel reserve. For this reason, it is
not possible to accurately state 51
engine shutdown due to lack
of fuel the fuel reserve volume.
Risk of accident, damage to cata- The range is displayed
lytic converter automatically once the fuel

Status indicators
Do not run the fuel tank dry. warning light is switched on.
Possible cause: The distance that can still be
The fuel tank contains no more travelled using the reserve quant-
than the reserve quantity of fuel. ity depends on the style of riding The SERVT! 1 message and the
(consumption) and the amount service date 2 are displayed if
Reserve fuel of fuel remaining at the time the the service is due within one
light came on (see explanation month. This reading appears
above). briefly after the Pre-Ride-Check
approx. 3.5 l
After a refuelling stop, the dis- completes. z
Refuelling ( 177). tance counter for reserve fuel is
reset if the amount of fuel in the
Fuel reserve
tank is greater than the reserve
The fuel quantity remaining in quantity.
the fuel tank once the fuel re-
serve indicator light switches on
depends on the riding dynamics.
The more the fuel moves around
in the fluid tank (caused by fre-
quent changes in lean angle, fre-
Emergency call display
3 NOTICE
with intelligent emergency
52 If the service-due indicator ap- call OE
pears more than a month before
the service date, the current date
has to be corrected. This situ-
ation can occur if the battery was
disconnected.
Status indicators

The symbol SERVD! 3 and the Emergency call fault

remaining distance 4 are dis- with intelligent emergency
played if the service is due within call OE
the next 1000 kilometres and
is counted down in intervals of SOS! SOS ERROR is displayed. Message 1 is displayed if an
100 kilometres. This reading ap- Possible cause: emergency call is triggered
z pears briefly after the Pre-Ride- The control unit for emergency manually by the rider while
Check completes. call has detected a fault. No riding..
emergency call is possible.
If service is overdue, the Have the fault rectified as
due date or the odometer quickly as possible by a
reading at which service was due specialist workshop, preferably
is accompanied by the 'Gener- an authorised BMW Motorrad
al' warning light showing yellow. Retailer.
The SERVD! or SERVT! mes-
sages are displayed permanently.
3
53

Status indicators
A countdown 1 is displayed be- The message 1 is displayed if it The messages SOS!I 1 and SOS
low the SOS 2 message while the was not possible to establish a ERROR 2 are displayed if emer-
connection is being established. connection. gency calls are not possible as a
result of a technical fault.

Recommendation to
upshift z
The upshift recommendation
must be activated in the display
settings ( 102).

The message 1 is displayed The symbol 1 is displayed if

once a connection has been es- there is no mobile phone signal.
tablished.
3
54

Status indicators

The upshift recommendation 1

signals the economically best
point in time for upshift.

z
Overview, displays with
connectivity 3
Indicator and warning 55
lights with Connectivity
with Connectivity OE

1 Turn indicators, left

Status indicators
Operating the turn indicat-
ors ( 99).
2 High-beam headlight
( 95)
3 General warning light
( 61)
4 Turn indicators, right
5 - with EU markets ex- z
port NV
Malfunction indicator lamp
Emissions warning ( 74)
6 ASC/DTC ( 81)
7 ABS ( 107)
8 with daytime riding
light OE
Manual daytime riding light
( 97).
9 Auxiliary headlights ( 96)
3
56

Status indicators

z
TFT display in Pure Ride
view 3
with Connectivity OE 57
1 Change of operating focus
( 133)
2 Rev. counter ( 135)
3 Driver info. status line

Status indicators
( 134)
4 Speedometer
5 Coding plug
with riding modes Pro OE
Install the coding plug
( 115).
6 Riding mode ( 113)
7 Recommendation to up- z
shift ( 136)
8 Gear indicator; "N" indic-
ates neutral.
9 Speed Limit Info ( 135)
10 with cruise control OE
Cruise-control system
( 120).
11 Clock ( 137)
12 Connection status
3 ( 139)
13 Muting ( 136)
58
14 Operating help
15 Heating stages, handlebar
grips ( 122)
16 Automatic daytime riding
light ( 98)
Status indicators

17 Outside temperature warn-

ing ( 70)
18 Ambient temperature

z
TFT display in the menu
view 3
with Connectivity OE 59
1 Speedometer
2 with cruise control OE
Cruise-control system
( 120).

Status indicators
3 Speed Limit Info ( 135)
4 Coding plug
with riding modes Pro OE
Install the coding plug
( 115).
5 Riding mode ( 113)
6 Rider info. status line
( 134) z
7 Recommendation to up-
shift ( 136)
8 Gear indicator; "N" indic-
ates neutral.
9 Clock
10 Connection status
11 Muting ( 136)
12 Operating help
13 Heating stages, handlebar
3 grips ( 122)
14 Automatic daytime riding
60 light ( 98)
15 Outside temperature warn-
ing ( 70)
16 Ambient temperature
17 Menu area
Status indicators

z
Indicator lights with
Connectivity 3
Mode of presentation 61
Warnings are indicated by the
corresponding warning lights.
Warnings are indicated by 'Gen-
eral' warning light showing in

Status indicators
combination with a dialogue in
the TFT display. The 'Gener- Check Control display Values display
al' warning light shows yellow or
The messages differ in how they Symbols 4 differ in how they
red, depending on the urgency of
show on the display. Different show on the display. The col-
the warning.
colours and symbols are used ours used differ and reflect the
The status of the 'General' depending on priority: urgency of the message. Along
warning light matches the Green CHECK OK 1: no mes- with numerical values 8 with
most urgent warning. sage, optimum values. units 7, texts 6 are displayed as z
The possible warnings are listed White circle with small "i" 2: well:
on the next pages. Information. Colour of the symbol
Yellow warning triangle 3: Green: (OK) Current value is
Warning, value not optimum. ideal.
Red warning triangle 3: Warn- Blue: (Cold!) Current tempera-
ing, value critical ture is too low.
Yellow: (Low! / High!) Current
value is too low or too high.
Red: (Hot! / High!) Current You can go to the message
3 temperature or value is too again as long as the fault per-
high. sists.
62 White: (---) No valid value avail-
able. Dashes 5 are displayed
Status indicators instead of a numerical value.

NOTICE
The assessment of some values Check Control dialogue
is only possible from a certain
Messages are output as Check
journey duration or speed. If a
Control dialogues 1.
measured value is still not being
If there are two or more Check
displayed because the conditions
Control messages of equal
for measurement have not been
priority, the messages keep
z met, dashes are displayed in-
changing in the order of their
stead as a placeholder. If there
occurrence until they are ac-
are no valid measured values,
knowledged.
there will be no assessment in
the form of a coloured symbol. If symbol 2 is actively dis-
played, it can be acknowledged
by tilting the Multi-Controller to
the left.
Check Control messages are
dynamically attached as addi-
tional tabs on the pages in the
menu My vehicle ( 131).
Warnings, overview 3
Indicator and warning Display text Meaning 63
lights
Ice crystal symbol Outside temperature warning ( 70)
is displayed.

Status indicators
General warning Remote key not Radio-operated key out of range ( 70)
light shows yellow. in range.

General warning Remote key bat- Replacing battery of radio-operated key

light shows yellow. tery at 50%. ( 71)
Remote key bat-
tery weak.
General warning is displayed in yel- Vehicle voltage too low ( 71) z
light shows yellow. low.
Vehicle voltage
low.
General warning is displayed in red. Vehicle voltage critical ( 72)
light shows red.
Vehicle voltage
critical!
Indicator and warning Display text Meaning
3 lights
64 General warning The faulty bulb is Bulb faulty ( 72)
light shows yellow. displayed.
Alarm system Anti-theft alarm battery weak ( 73)
battery weak.
Status indicators

General warning Alarm system Anti-theft alarm battery flat ( 73)

light shows yellow. battery empty.

General warning Coolant temper- Coolant temperature too high ( 74)

light shows red. ature too high!

The malfunction Engine! Emissions warning ( 74)

indicator lamp lights
z up.
General warning No communica- Engine control failed ( 75)
light shows yellow. tion with en-
gine control.
General warning Fault in the en- Engine in emergency-operation mode
light shows yellow. gine control. ( 75)

General warning Serious fault Severe fault in the engine control

light flashes yellow. in the engine ( 75)
control!
Indicator and warning Display text Meaning
lights 3
General warning is displayed in yel- Tyre pressure in limit range of the per- 65
light shows yellow. low. mitted tolerance ( 76)
Tyre pressure
is not at set-

Status indicators
point.
General warning is displayed in red. Tyre pressure outside the permitted tol-
light flashes red. erance ( 76)
Tyre pressure
is not at set-
point.
Tyre press.
control. Loss z
of pressure.
"---" Transmission fault ( 77)

General warning "---" Sensor faulty or system fault ( 78)

light shows yellow.

General warning RDC sensor bat- Battery for tyre pressure sensor weak
light shows yellow. tery weak. ( 78)
Indicator and warning Display text Meaning
3 lights
66 Drop sensor Drop sensor defective ( 79)
faulty.

Intell. emerg. Emergency call function restricted

call failure. ( 79)
Status indicators

Side stand mon- Side stand monitoring is faulty ( 79)

itoring faulty.

ABS indicator ABS self-diagnosis not completed

and warning light ( 49)
flashes.
ABS indicator Off! ABS deactivated ( 79)
z and warning light
shows.
ABS deactiv-
ated.
ABS indicator Limited ABS ABS fault ( 80)
and warning light availability!
shows.
ABS indicator ABS failure! ABS failed ( 80)
and warning light
shows.
Indicator and warning Display text Meaning
lights 3
ABS indicator ABS Pro fail- ABS Pro failed ( 80) 67
and warning light ure!
shows.
ASC/DTC indicator ASC/DTC intervention ( 81)
and warning light

Status indicators
flashes quickly.
ASC/DTC indicator ASC/DTC self-diagnosis not completed
and warning light ( 81)
flashes slowly.
ASC/DTC indicator Off! ASC/DTC switched off ( 81)
and warning light
comes on.
Traction con-
z
trol deactiv-
ated.
ASC/DTC indicator Traction con- ASC/DTC restricted ( 81)
and warning light trol limited!
comes on.
ASC/DTC indicator Traction con- ASC/DTC fault ( 82)
and warning light trol failure!
comes on.
Indicator and warning Display text Meaning
3 lights
68 General warning Spring strut D­ESA fault ( 82)
light shows yellow. adjustment
faulty!
Fuel reserve Fuel down to reserve ( 83)
reached. Go to a
Status indicators

filling station soon

The gear indicator Gear not trained ( 83)
flashes.

Turn signal indic- Hazard warning lights system is switched

ator light flashes on ( 83)
green.
z Turn signal indic-
ator light flashes
green.
is displayed in Service due ( 84)
white.
Service due!

General warning is displayed in yel- Service-due date has passed ( 84)

light shows yellow. low.
Indicator and warning Display text Meaning
lights 3
Service over- Service-due date has passed ( 84) 69
due!

Status indicators
z
Ambient temperature Outside temperature Radio-operated key out of
3 The outside temperature is dis- warning range
70 played in the status line of the Ice crystal symbol is dis- with Keyless Ride OE
TFT display. played.
When the motorcycle is at a General warning light shows
standstill, the heat of the engine Possible cause: yellow.
can falsify the ambient-temper- The air temperature measured
Remote key not in
ature reading. If the heat of the at the motorcycle is lower than
Status indicators

range. Not possible

engine is affecting it too much, 3 °C.
to switch on ignition
dashes are temporarily shown in again.
WARNING
place of the value.
Possible cause:
Risk of black ice also applic-
There is a risk of black ice able at over 3 °C Communication between R/C key
if the outside temperature and engine electronics is disrup-
Risk of accident
falls below the following limit ted.
Always take extra care
z value. Check the battery in the radio-
when temperatures are
operated key.
Limit value for the ambi- low; remember that there is
particular danger of black ice with Keyless Ride OE
ent temperature Replace the battery of the
forming on bridges and where
the road is in shade. radio-operated key ( 90).
approx. 3 °C
Use the reserve key to con-
Once the temperature has fallen Ride carefully and think well tinue your journey.
below that value, the outside ahead.
with Keyless Ride OE
temperature display along with
Battery of the radio-operated
a ice crystal symbol flashes in the
key is flat or the key has been
status line on the TFT display.
lost ( 89).
If a check control dialogue box Possible cause: The battery will not be charged.
appears during the journey, The integral battery in the By continuing to drive on, the 3
remain calm. You can continue radio-operated key has lost vehicle electronics discharge the
your journey; the engine will battery. 71
a significant proportion of its
not switch off. original capacity. There is no
Have the defective radio-op- assurance of how long the R/C NOTICE
erated key replaced by an au- key can remain operational. The fuse for the alternator reg-
thorised BMW Motorrad Re- Replace the battery of the

Status indicators
ulator can blow if the 12 V bat-
tailer. radio-operated key ( 90). tery is installed incorrectly or if
Replacing battery of the terminals are swapped (e.g.
Vehicle voltage too low when using a starting aid).
radio-operated key General warning light shows
with Keyless Ride OE yellow. Possible cause:
The alternator or alternator drive
General warning light shows is displayed in yellow. is faulty, battery is faulty or the
yellow. fuse for the alternator regulator
has blown.
z
Remote key battery at Vehicle voltage low.
50%. No functional Switch off unneces- Have the fault rectified as
impairment. sary consumers. quickly as possible by a
specialist workshop, preferably
Remote key battery an authorised BMW Motorrad
WARNING
weak. Limited central Retailer.
locking function. Change Failure of the vehicle sys-
battery. tems
Risk of accident
Do not continue your journey.
Vehicle voltage critical tery is installed incorrectly or if Front right turn indicator
3 General warning light shows the terminals are swapped (e.g. faulty!.
red. when using a starting aid). Low-beam headlight
72
Possible cause: faulty!
is displayed in red.
The alternator or alternator drive Front side light
is faulty, battery is faulty or the faulty!
Vehicle voltage crit- fuse for the alternator regulator
with daytime riding light OE
Status indicators

ical! Consumers have has blown.

been switched off. Check Have the fault rectified as Daytime riding light
battery condition. quickly as possible by a faulty!
specialist workshop, preferably Tail light faulty!
WARNING an authorised BMW Motorrad
Retailer.
Failure of the vehicle sys-
Brake light faulty!
tems Bulb faulty
z Risk of accident
General warning light shows
Do not continue your journey. Rear left turn in-
yellow.
dicator faulty! or
The battery will not be charged.
The faulty bulb is displayed: Rear right turn indicator
By continuing to drive on, the
faulty!.
vehicle electronics discharge the
battery. High beam faulty! Number plate light
faulty!
NOTICE
Front left turn in-
The fuse for the alternator reg- dicator faulty! or
ulator can blow if the 12 V bat-
with additional headlight OE Replacing LED for side light Possible cause:
Left additional ( 220). The integral battery in the anti- 3
headlight faulty! Replacing LED for brake light theft alarm has lost a significant
and tail light ( 220). 73
or Right additional proportion of its original capacity.
headlight faulty!. Replacing bulbs for front and There is no assurance of how
Have it checked by a spe- rear turn indicators ( 220). long the anti-theft alarm can re-
cialist workshop. with additional headlight OE main operational if the vehicle's
Replacing the additional head- battery is disconnected.

Status indicators
light ( 222). Seek the advice of a specialist
WARNING workshop, preferably an author-
Anti-theft alarm battery ised BMW Motorrad Retailer.
Vehicle overlooked in traffic
weak
due to failure of the lights on Anti-theft alarm battery
the vehicle with anti-theft alarm (DWA) OE
flat
Safety risk Alarm system with anti-theft alarm (DWA) OE
Replace defective bulbs as battery weak. No
soon as possible; always carry z
restrictions. Make General warning light shows
a complete set of spare bulbs if an appointment at a yellow.
possible. specialist workshop.
Alarm system battery
Possible cause: empty. No independent
Light source faulty. NOTICE
alarm. Make an appoint-
Locate faulty light sources by This error message shows briefly ment at a specialist work-
visual inspection. only after the Pre-Ride-Check shop.
Replacing LED for low-beam completes.
headlight and high-beam head-
light ( 219).
If the coolant temperature
3 NOTICE ATTENTION is frequently too high, have
This error message shows briefly Riding with overheated en- the fault rectified as soon
74 as possible by a specialist
only after the Pre-Ride-Check gine
completes. workshop, preferably an
Engine damage
authorised BMW Motorrad
Possible cause: Compliance with the
Retailer.
information set out below is
The integral battery in the anti-
Status indicators

essential. Emissions warning

theft alarm has lost its entire ori-
ginal capacity. There is no as- Possible cause: The malfunction indicator
surance that the anti-theft alarm The coolant level is too low. lamp lights up.
will be operational if the vehicle's Checking coolant level
Engine! Have
battery is disconnected. ( 206).
it checked by a
Seek the advice of a specialist If the coolant level is too low: specialist workshop.
workshop, preferably an author- Top up coolant ( 207).
ised BMW Motorrad Retailer. Possible cause:
z Possible cause: The engine control unit has dia-
Coolant temperature too The coolant temperature is too gnosed a fault which affects the
high high. pollutant emissions.
General warning light shows If possible, ride in the part-load Have the fault rectified by a
red. range to cool down the engine. specialist workshop, preferably
In traffic jams, switch off the an authorised BMW Motorrad
Coolant temperature
engine, but leave the ignition Retailer.
too high! Check
switched on so that the radi- You can continue riding; pollut-
coolant level. Continue
ator fan continues to operate. ant emissions are higher than
under part. load to cool
the threshold values.
down.
Engine control failed Avoid accelerating sharply and Serious fault in
General warning light shows overtaking. the engine control! 3
yellow. Possible cause: Riding at mod. speed pos.
Damage possible. Have 75
No communication with The engine control unit has dia-
checked by workshop.
engine control. Mul- gnosed a fault. In exceptional
tiple sys. affected. Ride cases, the engine stops and re-
WARNING
carefully to the next spe- fuses to start. Otherwise, the en-

Status indicators
cialist workshop. gine runs in emergency operating Engine damage when run-
mode. ning in emergency-operation
Engine in emergency- You can continue to ride, but mode
operation mode bear in mind that the usual en- Risk of accident
General warning light shows gine performance might not be Ride slowly, avoid accelerating
yellow. available. sharply and overtaking.
Have the fault rectified as If possible, have the vehicle
Fault in the engine quickly as possible by a picked up and have the fault
control. Riding at specialist workshop, preferably rectified by a specialist work- z
mod. speed pos. Ride care- an authorised BMW Motorrad shop, preferably an authorised
fully to next specialist Retailer. BMW Motorrad Retailer.
workshop.
Severe fault in the engine Possible cause:
WARNING control The engine control unit has dia-
General warning light gnosed a fault which may cause
Unusual ride characterist- severe secondary faults. The en-
ics when engine running in flashes yellow.
gine is in emergency-operation
emergency-operation mode mode.
Risk of accident
Avoid high load and rpm Possible cause: Tyre pressure outside the
3 ranges if possible. Measured tyre pressure is close permitted tolerance
Have the fault rectified as to the limit of permitted toler- with tyre pressure control
76 quickly as possible by a ance. (RDC) OE
specialist workshop, preferably Correct tyre pressure.
an authorised BMW Motorrad Before adjusting the tyre pres- General warning light
Retailer. sure, observe the information flashes red.
It is possible to continue to ride on temperature compensation
Status indicators

is displayed in red.
but not recommended. and pressure adaptation in the
section entitled "Engineering
Tyre pressure in limit details": Tyre pressure is not
range of the permitted Temperature compensation at setpoint. Stop
tolerance ( 192) immediately! Check tyre
with tyre pressure control Pressure adaptation ( 192) pressure.
(RDC) OE Find the correct tyre pressures Tyre press. control.
z in the following places: Loss of pressure.
General warning light shows
On the back cover of the Stop immediately! Check
yellow.
rider's manual tyre pressure.
is displayed in yellow. Instrument cluster in the TYRE
PRESSURE view
Sign under the seat
Tyre pressure is not
at setpoint. Check
tyre pressure.
section entitled "Engineering Notify the breakdown service.
WARNING details":
Transmission fault
3
Tyre pressure outside the Temperature compensation
( 192) with tyre pressure control 77
permitted tolerance.
Pressure adaptation ( 192) (RDC) OE
Risk of accident, degradation of
the vehicle's driving characterist- Find the correct tyre pressures
"---"
ics. in the following places:
On the back cover of the

Status indicators
Adapt your style of riding
accordingly. rider's manual Possible cause:
Instrument cluster in the TYRE The vehicle has not reached the
Possible cause: PRESSURE view minimum speed ( 191).
Measured tyre pressure is out- Sign under the seat
side permitted tolerance. Have the tyre checked for RDC sensor is not active
Check the tyre for damage damage by a specialist
and to ascertain whether the workshop, preferably an
vehicle can be ridden with the min 30 km/h (The RDC sensor
authorised BMW Motorrad
does not send its signal to the z
tyre in its present condition. Retailer.
If the vehicle can be ridden with vehicle until the vehicle has
the tyre in its present condition: NOTICE exceeded a minimum speed.)
Correct the tyre pressure at the Observe the RDC display at
You can deactivate RDC warn- higher speeds.
earliest possible opportunity.
ings for riding in off-road mode. A permanent fault is
Before adjusting the tyre pres-
sure, observe the information If you are unsure whether the present only when the
on temperature compensation vehicle can be ridden with the general warning light also lights
and pressure adaptation in the tyre in its present condition: up.
Do not continue your journey. Under these circumstances:
Have the fault rectified by a Sensor faulty or system Battery for tyre pressure
3 specialist workshop, preferably fault sensor weak
an authorised BMW Motorrad with tyre pressure control with tyre pressure control
78 Retailer. (RDC) OE (RDC) OE
Possible cause:
General warning light shows General warning light shows
The radio link to the RDC yellow. yellow.
sensors is faulty. Radio systems
Status indicators

are located in the surrounding "---" RDC sensor battery

area which are interfering with weak. Function lim-
the transmission between ited. Have it checked by a
Possible cause:
the RDC control unit and the specialist workshop.
Wheels not equipped with RDC
sensors.
sensors have been fitted. NOTICE
Observe the RDC displays in
Fit wheels and tyres equipped
other surrounding areas.
with RDC sensors. This error message shows briefly
A permanent fault is
z present only when the
only after the Pre-Ride-Check
Possible cause: completes.
general warning light also lights One or two RDC sensors have
up. Possible cause:
failed or there is a system fault.
Under these circumstances: Have the fault rectified by a The tyre pressure sensor battery
Have the fault rectified by a specialist workshop, preferably no longer provides its full capa-
specialist workshop, preferably an authorised BMW Motorrad city. The tyre pressure monitor-
an authorised BMW Motorrad Retailer. ing function will be available for a
Retailer. limit time only.
Seek the advice of a specialist Possible cause: ABS self-diagnosis not
workshop, preferably an author- The emergency call cannot be completed 3
ised BMW Motorrad Retailer. cannot be made automatically or ABS indicator and warning 79
via BMW. light flashes.
Drop sensor defective Observe information on oper-
Drop sensor faulty. ating the intelligent emergency Possible cause:
Have it checked by a call from page ( 92). The ABS function is not
specialist workshop. Seek the advice of a specialist available, because self-

Status indicators
Possible cause: workshop, preferably an author- diagnosis did not complete. The
The drop sensor is not available. ised BMW Motorrad Retailer. motorcycle has to move forward
a few metres for the wheel
Seek the advice of a specialist
Side stand monitoring is sensors to be tested.
workshop, preferably an author-
ised BMW Motorrad Retailer. faulty Pull away slowly. Bear in mind
Side stand monitor- that the ABS function is not
Emergency call function ing faulty. Onward available until self-diagnosis has
restricted journey possible. Engine completed. z
with intelligent emergency stop. when stationary!
Have checked by workshop.
ABS deactivated
call OE
ABS indicator and warning
Possible cause:
Intell. emerg. call light shows.
The side-stand switch or its wir-
failure. Have it Off!
ing are damaged.
checked by a specialist
Seek the advice of a specialist
workshop.
workshop, preferably an author- ABS deactivated.
ised BMW Motorrad Retailer.
Possible cause: specialist workshop, preferably an authorised BMW Motorrad
3 The rider has switched off the an authorised BMW Motorrad Retailer.
ABS system. Retailer.
80
Activating the ABS function
ABS Pro failed
( 108).
ABS failed with riding modes Pro OE
ABS indicator and warning
ABS fault light shows. ABS indicator and warning
light shows.
ABS indicator and warning
Status indicators

ABS failure! Riding

light shows. at mod. speed pos. ABS Pro failure!
Ride carefully to next Riding at mod. speed
Limited ABS availab-
specialist workshop. pos. Ride carefully to
ility! Riding at mod.
next specialist workshop.
speed pos. Ride carefully Possible cause:
to next specialist work- Possible cause:
The ABS control unit has detec-
shop. ted a fault. The ABS Pro control unit has
Possible cause: You can continue to ride. Bear detected a fault. The ABS Pro
z function is not available. The
The ABS control unit has detec- in mind that the ABS function
is not available. Take note of ABS function is available, subject
ted a fault. The ABS function is
the more detailed information to restrictions. ABS provides
restricted.
on certain situations that can support only for braking in
You can continue to ride. Take straight-ahead driving.
note of the more detailed in- lead to an ABS fault message
( 185). You can continue to ride. Bear
formation on certain situations
Have the fault rectified as in mind the more detailed in-
that can lead to an ABS fault
quickly as possible by a formation on certain situations
message ( 185).
specialist workshop, preferably that can lead to an ABS Pro
Have the fault rectified as fault message ( 185).
quickly as possible by a
Have the fault rectified as Possible cause: Off!
quickly as possible by a
ASC/DTC self-diagnosis
3
specialist workshop, preferably
not completed Traction control de- 81
an authorised BMW Motorrad
activated.
dealer.
The ASC/DTC function is
not available, because self- Possible cause:
ASC/DTC intervention
diagnosis did not complete. The rider has switched off the
ASC/DTC indicator and ASC/DTC system.

Status indicators
(The motorcycle has to reach
warning light flashes Switch on the ASC/DTC func-
a defined minimum speed
quickly. tion ( 109).
for the wheel sensors to be
The ASC/DTC has detected a
checked: min 5 km/h)
degree of instability at the rear ASC/DTC restricted
wheel and has intervened to re- Pull away slowly. The ASC/
DTC indicator and warning light ASC/DTC indicator and
duce torque. The indicator and warning light comes on.
warning light flashes longer than must go out after a few metres.
the ASC/DTC intervention lasts. If the ASC/DTC indicator and Traction control lim-
warning light continues flashing: ited! Riding at mod. z
This affords the rider visual feed-
back on control intervention even Seek the advice of a specialist speed pos. Ride carefully
after the critical situation has workshop, preferably an author- to next specialist work-
been dealt with. ised BMW Motorrad dealer. shop.
Possible cause:
ASC/DTC self-diagnosis ASC/DTC switched off
The ASC/DTC control unit has
not completed ASC/DTC indicator and
detected a fault.
ASC/DTC indicator and warning light comes on.
warning light flashes slowly.
ASC/DTC fault or the functionality is subject to
3 ATTENTION
ASC/DTC indicator and certain restrictions.
Damaged components warning light comes on. You can continue to ride. Take
82 note of the more detailed in-
Damage to sensors, for example, Traction control
which causes malfunctions formation on situations that
failure! Riding can lead to an ASC/DTC fault
Do not transport any objects at mod. speed pos. ( 187).
underneath the driver or pas- Ride carefully to next Have the fault rectified as
Status indicators

senger seat. specialist workshop. quickly as possible by a

Secure the toolkit.
Possible cause: specialist workshop, preferably
Do not damage the angular The ASC/DTC control unit has an authorised BMW Motorrad
rate sensor. detected a fault. Retailer.
Bear in mind that the ASC/
DTC function is restricted. ATTENTION D­ESA fault
You can continue to ride. Take General warning light shows
note of the more detailed in- Damaged components yellow.
z Damage to sensors, for example,
formation on situations that
can lead to an ASC/DTC fault which causes malfunctions Spring strut adjust-
( 187). Do not transport any objects ment faulty! Riding
underneath the driver or pas- at mod. speed pos. Ride
Have the fault rectified as
senger seat. carefully to next special-
quickly as possible by a
Secure the toolkit. ist workshop.
specialist workshop, preferably
an authorised BMW Motorrad Do not damage the angular
Retailer. rate sensor.
Bear in mind that the ASC/
DTC function is not available
Possible cause: Risk of accident, damage to cata- 10 seconds to train the idle
The D­ESA control unit has de- lytic converter gear. 3
tected a fault. The damping and/ Do not run the fuel tank dry. Engage all gears with clutch
actuation and ride at least 10 83
or spring adjuster may be the Possible cause:
cause. In this condition, the mo- seconds with the engaged
The fuel tank contains no more gear.
torcycle may have too much
than the reserve quantity of fuel.
damping and is uncomfortable The gear indicator starts to
to drive, especially on roads in Reserve fuel flash when the gearbox sensor

Status indicators
poor condition. Alternatively, the has been trained successfully.
spring preload may be incorrectly Shift assistant Pro will operate
adjusted. approx. 3.5 l as described ( 193) once
Have the fault rectified as Refuelling ( 177). the transmission sensor has
quickly as possible by a been completely taught-in.
specialist workshop, preferably Gear not trained If the training process was
an authorised BMW Motorrad with shift assistant Pro OE not successful, have the fault
Retailer. The gear indicator flashes. rectified by a specialist work- z
The Pro shift assistant is shop, preferably an authorised
Fuel down to reserve not available. BMW Motorrad Retailer.
Fuel reserve reached. Go
Possible cause: Hazard warning lights
to a filling station soon.
with shift assistant Pro OE system is switched on
The gearbox sensor is not fully Turn signal indicator light
WARNING
trained. flashes green.
Irregular engine operation or Engage neutral gear N and,
engine shutdown due to lack with the vehicle at a standstill,
of fuel let the engine run for at least
Turn signal indicator light The motorcycle's value is
3 flashes green. NOTICE maintained as best as possible.

84 Possible cause: If the service-due indicator ap- Service-due date has

The driver has switched on the pears more than a month before
the service date, the current date
passed
hazard warning lights system. General warning light shows
Operating hazard warning flash- has to be corrected. This situ-
ation can occur if the battery was yellow.
ers ( 99).
disconnected.
Status indicators

is displayed in yellow.
Service-due indicator
Service due
If service is overdue, the
is displayed in white. Service overdue! Have
due date or the odometer
service performed by a
reading at which service was due
specialist workshop.
is accompanied by the 'General' Service due! Have service Possible cause:
warning light showing yellow. performed by a specialist
Service is overdue because of
If the service is overdue, a yel- workshop.
z Possible cause:
the driving performance or the
low CC message is displayed. date.
Exclamation marks also draw at- Service is due because of the Have your motorcycle serviced
tention to the displays for service, driving performance or the date. regularly by a specialist work-
service appointment and remain- Have your motorcycle serviced shop, preferably by an author-
ing distance in the MY VEHICLE regularly by a specialist work- ised BMW Motorrad Retailer.
and SERVICE REQUIREMENTS shop, preferably by an author- The operational and road
menu screens. ised BMW Motorrad Retailer. safety of the motorcycle remain
The operational and road intact.
safety of the motorcycle remain The motorcycle's value is
intact. maintained as best as possible.
Operation
Ignition switch/steering lock . . . . . . . . . 86 Traction control (ASC/DTC) . . . . . . . . 108
4
85
Ignition with Keyless Ride . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Electronic Suspension Adjustment
(D­ESA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Electronic immobiliser EWS . . . . . . . . . 91
Riding mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Emergency off switch (kill

Operation
switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 PRO riding mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Intelligent emergency call . . . . . . . . . . . 92 PRO riding mode with connectiv-
ity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Cruise-control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 z
Daytime riding light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Tyre pressure control (RDC) . . . . . . . 122
Hazard warning flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Heated handlebar grips . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Turn indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Multifunction display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Date and time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
General settings in the multifunc-
tion display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . 107
Ignition switch/steering Switching on ignition
4 lock
86 Keys
You receive 2 ignition keys.
If a key is lost or mislaid, consult
the notes on the electronic im-
mobiliser (EWS) ( 91).
Operation

Ignition switch, fuel filler cap lock

and seat lock are all operated Turn the key to position 1
with the same key. while moving the handlebars Turn the key to position 1.
z slightly. Side lights and all function cir-
with case OA
Ignition, lights and all function cuits switched on.
with topcase OA
circuits switched off. Engine can be started.
If you wish you can arrange to Steering lock secured.
have the cases and the topcase Pre-Ride-Check is performed.
Key can be removed. ( 168)
fitted with locks that can be
opened with this key as well. ABS self-diagnosis is in pro-
Consult a specialist workshop, gress. ( 169)
preferably an authorised ASC self-diagnosis is in pro-
BMW Motorrad dealer. gress. ( 170)
with riding modes Pro OE
Lock the handlebars DTC self-diagnosis is in pro-
Turn the handlebars all the way gress. ( 170)
to left.
Welcome lights Electrically powered accessor- You receive one radio-operated
Switch on the ignition. ies remain operational for a lim- key and one emergency key. If a 4
The side lights briefly light up. ited period of time. key is lost or mislaid, consult the
The battery can be recharged notes on the electronic immobil- 87
with daytime riding light OE
via the vehicle socket. iser (EWS) ( 91).
The daytime riding lights briefly
Ignition, fuel filler cap and anti-
light up.
with additional headlight OE
Ignition with theft alarm system all work with
Keyless Ride the radio-operated key. Seat

Operation
The LED auxiliary headlights lock, topcase and cases can be
briefly light up. with Keyless Ride OE locked and unlocked manually.
Switching off ignition Keys NOTICE
z
NOTICE The vehicle cannot be started if
the radio control key is not within
The telltale light for the radio-
range (e.g. key inside one of the
operated key flashes while the
cases or the topcase).
search for the radio-operated key
If the radio-operated key re-
is in progress.
mains out of range the ignition
The telltale light goes out as
is switched off after about 1.5
soon as the radio-operated key
minutes to protect the battery.
or the emergency key is found.
It is advisable to keep the radio-
Turn the key to the 1 position. The telltale light goes out briefly
operated key closely on your per-
Light switched off. if the search times out without
son (e.g. in a jacket pocket) and
Handlebars not locked. the radio-operated key or the
to have the emergency key with
Key can be removed. emergency key being found.
you as an alternative.
Ignition, lights and all function with daytime riding light OE
4 Range of the Keyless
Ride radio-operated key
circuits switched off. Daytime riding light is switched
To unlock the steering lock, on.
88 briefly press button 1.
with Keyless Ride OE with additional headlight OE
approx. 1 m LED auxiliary headlights are
Switching on ignition switched on.
Requirement Pre-Ride-Check is performed.
Lock the handlebars
Radio-operated key is within ( 168)
Operation

Requirement
range. ABS self-diagnosis is in pro-
The handlebars are turned to-
gress. ( 169)
wards the left. Radio-operated
ASC self-diagnosis is in pro-
key is within range.
z gress. ( 170)

Version 2:
Steering lock is engaged; press
and hold down button 1.
The steering lock disengages.
Parking lights and all function
circuits switched on.
There are two ways of activat- Pre-Ride-Check is performed.
ing the ignition. ( 168)
Version 1: ABS self-diagnosis is in pro-
Press and hold down button 1. Briefly press button 1. gress. ( 169)
The steering lock engages with Side lights and all function cir- ASC self-diagnosis is in pro-
an audible click. cuits are switched on. gress. ( 170)
Switching off ignition Press and hold down button 1. If the battery of the radio-oper-
Requirement Light is switched off. ated key is flat, the motorcycle 4
The steering lock engages. can be started by inserting the
Radio-operated key is within 89
folded radio-operated key into
range.
Battery of the radio- the ring aerial under the seat.
operated key is flat or the Removing seat ( 124).
key has been lost Insert emergency key or the
folded, flat radio-operated

Operation
key 1 in the ring aerial 2.

NOTICE
The emergency key or the fol- z
ded, flat radio-operated key must
be inserted into the opening in
There are two ways of deactiv- the ring aerial.
ating the ignition.
Version 1: Please consult the information Time during which the
Briefly press button 1. on the electronic immobiliser engine has to be started.
Light is switched off. (EWS) if a key is lost or mis- The unlocking procedure has
Handlebars (steering lock) are laid. to be repeated if this time is
not locked. If you happen to lose or mislay allowed to expire.
the radio-operated key while 30 s
Version 2: on a journey, you can start the
Turn the handlebars all the way Pre-Ride-Check is performed.
vehicle with the emergency
to left. Key has been recognised.
key.
Engine can be started.
Start the engine ( 167). Use a battery compliant with
4 Replace the battery of the
the manufacturer's specifica-
tions.
90 radio-operated key When inserting the battery,
Requirement always make sure polarity is
The radio-operated key does correct.
not react because the battery Insert the new battery with the
is weak.
Operation

positive terminal up.

KEYLO! appears on the display. Battery type
Press button 1.
Change the battery. Key bit flips out.
z Push up battery cover 2. For Keyless Ride radio-oper-
with Connectivity OE Remove the battery 3. ated key
Remote key battery Dispose of the old battery in
weak. Limited central CR 2032
accordance with all applicable
locking function. Change laws and regulations; do not Remove the battery 2.
battery. attempt to dispose of batteries Red LED on the instrument
as domestic waste. panel flashes.
Change the battery. The radio-operated key is
ATTENTION ready for use again.
Unsuitable or incorrectly in-
serted batteries
Component damage
Electronic immobiliser If you lose your key, you Emergency off switch
EWS can have it barred by your (kill switch) 4
BMW Motorrad authorised
The on-board electronics access 91
dealer. In order to have a key
the data saved in the vehicle key barred you must bring along all
via a ring aerial in the ignition the other keys belonging to the
lock / R/C ignition lock. The ig- motorcycle.
nition is not enabled for starting
The engine cannot be started

Operation
until the engine control unit has
by a barred ignition key, but an
recognised the ignition key as
ignition key that has been barred
"authorised" for your motorcycle.
can subsequently be reactivated.
NOTICE You can obtain emergency/ex-
tra keys only through an author- 1 Emergency off switch (kill
z
A spare ignition key attached to ised BMW Motorrad dealer. The switch)
the same ring as the ignition key/ ignition keys are part of an in-
radio-operated key used to start tegrated security system, so the
the engine can "confuse" the dealer is under an obligation to WARNING
electronics, in which case the check the legitimacy of all applic-
Operation of the kill switch
enabling signal for starting is not ations for replacement/extra keys.
while riding
issued.
Risk of fall due to rear wheel
Always keep the spare key sep-
locking
arate from the ignition key/radio-
Do not operate the kill switch
operated key.
when riding.
The emergency off switch is a Emergency call via BMW
4 kill switch for switching off the Press the SOS button in an
NOTICE
engine quickly and easily. emergency only. A changeover of the language for
92
Even if an emergency call using the emergency call can only be
BMW is not possible, the system performed by the BMW Motorrad
may make an emergency call to partner. The language assigned
a public emergency call number. to the vehicle varies from the se-
This depends on the respective lectable language the driver can
Operation

mobile phone network and the choose as the display language

national regulations. in the multifunction display.
The emergency call is not able to
be ensured because of technical Manual emergency call
z
reasons due to unfavourable con- Requirement
A Engine switched off ditions, e.g. in areas where there An emergency call has occurred.
B Normal operating position is no mobile phone reception. The vehicle is at a standstill. The
(run) ignition is switched on.
Language for emergency
Intelligent emergency call
call Each vehicle has a language as-
signed to it depending on the
with intelligent emergency market for which it is intended.
call OE The BMW Call Center answers in
this language.
4
93

Operation
Open cover 1. with Connectivity OE The reception symbol 1 indicates
Briefly press SOS button 2. that the connection has been
established. z
The time until transmission of
the emergency call 1 is dis-
played. During that time, it is
possible to cancel the emer-
gency call.
Operate the emergency-off
switch to stop the engine.
Remove helmet.
After expiry of the timer, a
voice contact to the BMW Call
Center is established. with Connectivity OE
The connection was
established.
possible to cancel the emer-
4 gency call.
If possible, remove helmet and
94 stop engine.
A voice contact connection to
the BMW Call Center is estab-
lished.
Operation

Provide information to the

emergency services using the
z microphone 3 and speaker 4.

Automatic emergency call

The intelligent emergency call
is active after the ignition is
switched on and reacts if a fall or The reception symbol 1 indicates
crash occurs. that the connection has been
established.
Emergency call in the
event of a light fall with Connectivity OE
A minor fall or a crash is detec-
ted.
An acoustic signal is sounded. The time until transmission of
the emergency call 1 is dis-
played. During that time, it is
Provide information to the The low-beam headlight switches
emergency services using the on automatically under the fol- 4
microphone 3 and speaker 4. lowing conditions:
95
When the engine is started.
Emergency call in the
When the vehicle is pushed
event of a severe fall with the ignition switched on.
A severe fall or a crash is de-
tected.

Operation
NOTICE
The emergency call is placed
with Connectivity OE automatically without delay. When the engine is not running
The connection was you can switch on the lights by
established.
Lights switching on the ignition and
either switching on the high-
z
Low-beam headlight and
sidelights beam headlight or operating the
headlight flasher.
The side lights switch on auto-
matically when the ignition is with daytime riding light OE
switched on. In daytime the daytime riding
NOTICE light can be switched on as an
alternative to the low-beam head-
The side lights place a strain on light.
the battery. Do not switch the
ignition on for longer than abso- High-beam headlight and
Open cover 1. headlight flasher
lutely necessary.
Switch on the ignition ( 86).
4
96

Operation

Push switch 1 forward to Immediately after switching off Immediately after switching off
switch on the high-beam the ignition, pull switch 1 back the ignition, push button 1 to
z headlight. and hold it in that position until the left and hold it in that po-
Pull switch 1 back to operate the headlight courtesy delay sition until the parking lights
the headlight flasher. feature comes on. come on.
The vehicle lighting lights for Switch the ignition on and off
Headlight courtesy delay one minute and is automatically again to switch off the parking
feature switched back off. lights.
Switch off the ignition. This can be used after parking
the vehicle, for example, to light Additional headlight
the way to the house door. with additional headlight OE

Parking lights Requirement

Switching off ignition ( 87). The additional headlights are
active only when the low-beam
headlight is active.
Press button 1 again to switch more visible to oncoming traffic.
NOTICE off the additional headlights. This improves daytime visibility. 4
The auxiliary headlights have ap- Start the engine ( 167). 97
proval as fog lights and their use Daytime riding light Switch off the A DRL function
is permissible in bad weather with daytime riding light OE in SETUP.
conditions only. Always comply with Connectivity OE
with the road traffic regulations in Manual daytime riding
In the Settings, Vehicle
force in the country in which the light

Operation
settings, Lights menu,
vehicle is used. Requirement switch off the Auto. dayt.
Start the engine ( 167). Automatic daytime riding light is rid. light function.
switched off.
z
WARNING
Switching on the daytime
riding light in the dark.
Risk of accident
Do not use the daytime riding
light in the dark.

Press button 1 to switch on NOTICE Press button 1 to switch on

the additional headlights. the daytime riding light.
By comparison with the low- The indicator light for the
The indicator light for the
beam headlight, the daytime daytime riding light lights
auxiliary headlight illumin-
running light makes the vehicle up.
ates.
The low-beam headlight Automatic daytime riding switch on the Auto. dayt.
4 and the front side lights are light rid. light function.
switched off. The indicator light for the
98 In the dark or in tunnels: Press automatic daytime riding
WARNING
button 1 again to switch off the light lights up.
daytime riding light and switch The automatic daytime rid-
on the low-beam headlight and ing light does not replace the If the ambient brightness de-
front side light. personal assessment of the creases below a certain value,
Operation

light conditions the low beam headlight is auto-

NOTICE Risk of accident matically switched on (e. B. in a
Switch off the automatic day- tunnel). When sufficient ambi-
If the high-beam headlight is time riding light in poor light ent brightness is detected, the
z switched on while the daytime conditions. daytime riding light is switched
riding light is on, the daytime back on.
riding light is switched off after
NOTICE The indicator light for the
approx. 2 seconds and the
daytime riding light shows if
high-beam headlight, low-beam The changeover between the daytime riding light is active.
headlight and front side light are daytime riding light and low-
switched on. beam headlight including front Manual operation of the
If the high beam headlight is side lights can be effected light when the automatic
switched off again, the daytime automatically. system is switched on
running light is not automat-
Switch on the A DRL function If you press the button for the
ically reactivated, but must be
in SETUP. daytime riding light the daytime
switched on again if required.
with Connectivity OE riding light is switched off and
In the Settings, Vehicle the low-beam headlight and
settings, Lights menu, front side lights are switched
on (e. g. when you ride into ignition if necessary and press
a tunnel, and the response of NOTICE button 1 again. 4
the automatic daytime riding The indicator function replaces
light to the change in ambient Turn indicators 99
the hazard warning lights func-
brightness is delayed). tion while the indicator button is Operating the turn
If you press the button again pressed once operating readi-
the daytime riding light is re-
indicators
ness is switched on. The hazard Switch on the ignition.
activated, in other words the warning lights function becomes

Operation
daytime riding light is switched active again once the indicator
on again when ambient light is button is released.
bright enough.

Hazard warning z
flashers
Operating hazard warning
flashers
Switch on the ignition.
Press button 1 to the left to
NOTICE switch on the left turn indicator.
The hazard warning flashers Press button 1 to the right to
Press button 1 to switch on
place a strain on the battery. switch on the right turn indic-
the hazard warning lights sys-
Do not use the hazard warning ator.
tem.
flashers for longer than absolutely Operate button 1 in the centre
Ignition can be switched off.
necessary. position to switch off the turn
To switch off the hazard warn- indicator.
ing lights system, switch on the
Comfort turn indicator dicators only switch off automat- Trip distance 1 TRIP 1
4 ically once the speed-dependent Trip distance 2 TRIP 2
distance covered is reached. Automatic trip distance
100
TRIP A, is automatically reset
Multifunction display if a minimum of six hours
Select the display at the have passed and the date has
changed since the ignition was
top
switched off.
Operation

Switch on the ignition ( 86). Call up the settings menu:

SETUP ENTER (is only dis-
played when the vehicle is sta-
If button 1 has been pressed to
tionary)
z the right or left, the turn indic-
ators are automatically switched Select the display at the
off under the following circum- bottom
stances:
Speed below 30km/h: after 50
m distance covered.
Speed between 30 km/h and
100 km/h: after a speed-de- Press the top part 1 of the
pendent distance covered or in MENU rocker button briefly to
case of acceleration. select the display in the upper
Speed over 100 km/h: after line 3.
flashing five times. The following values can be dis-
played:
If button 1 is pressed to the right Press the bottom part 2 of
or left slightly longer, the turn in- Odometer ODO
the MENU rocker button briefly
to select the display in the bot- The trip recorder desired is
tom line 4. displayed. 4
The following values can be dis-
played: 101
Range RANGE
Average consumption CONS 1
Average consumption CONS 2
Current consumption CONS C

Operation
Outside temperature EXTEMP
Coolant temperature ENGTMP Press the bottom part 2 of
Average speed SPEED Ø the MENU rocker button until
the average value 4 displayed z
with tyre pressure control Press and hold the top part 1 has been reset.
(RDC) OE of the MENU rocker button un- Average value = -- -- --
Tyre pressure control RDC til the trip distance recorder 3
is reset. Resetting the riding time
Battery voltage VOLTGE Trip recorder reading = 0.0 Switch on the ignition.
Riding time RDTIME Briefly press the bottom part 2
Date DATE Resetting the average of the MENU rocker button
values repeatedly until the riding
Resetting trip distance Switch on the ignition. time RDTIME appears on the
recorder Press the bottom part of display.
Switch on the ignition. the MENU rocker button
Select the trip recorder. repeatedly until the desired
average consumption or the
average speed is displayed.
leave the automatic function
4 switched off DWA OFF.
Set the time CLOCK.
102
with preparation for navigation
system OE
Show time from Global Po-
sitioning System GPS ON or
time from on-board computer
Operation

GPS OFF.
Press and hold the bottom Briefly press the top part 1 of Set the date DATE.
part 2 of the MENU rocker the MENU rocker button re- Switch upshift recommendation
button until the riding time peatedly until SETUP ENTER 3 off ECOSFT OFF or on ECO-
z SFT ON.
RDTIME 3 has been reset. appears on the display.
Riding time starts at [Link] Press and hold the top part 1 Adjust the brightness of the
of the MENU rocker button to backlighting in the instrument
SETUP start SETUP. cluster BRIGHT.
Press the top part 1 of the with daytime riding light OE
Selecting SETUP
MENU rocker button briefly to Activate automatic daytime
Requirement select the following parameters riding light A DRL ON or
The vehicle is at a standstill. in the SETUP: manual daytime riding light
with anti-theft alarm (DWA) OE A DRL OFF.
Automatically activate anti-theft with tyre pressure control
alarm function when the igni- (RDC) OE
tion is switched off DWA ON or Switch minimum pressure
warning off RDC PRO OFF or on
RDC PRO ON. The minimum
pressure warning can only be button repeatedly until SETUP Date and time
switched off in off-road mode. EXIT appears on the display.
Setting the clock 4
Adjust the units UNIT. Press and hold the bottom
part 2 of the MENU rocker Requirement 103
Reset displays RESET.
Exit SETUP EXIT. button. The vehicle is at a standstill.
SETUP ENTER is displayed.
Quitting SETUP Switch on the ignition.
Alternatively: switch the ignition
Requirement Selecting SETUP ( 102).
off and on again.

Operation
SETUP CLOCK is displayed.
There are four options for quit- SETUP ENTER is displayed.
ting SETUP. Alternatively, ride away.
Speed for operation in
SETUP mode z
max 10 km/h
SETUP will be quit when the
permissible speed for operation
is exceeded.
ODO is displayed.
All settings will be saved Press and hold the bottom part
whatever method is used to of the MENU rocker button to
Press and hold the top part 1
quit SETUP. set the hours.
of the MENU rocker button.
SETUP ENTER is displayed. The hours 1 flash.
Alternatively, briefly press the Press the top part of the
top part 1 of the MENU rocker MENU rocker button briefly to
advance the hours.
Press the bottom part of the Setting the date Press the bottom part of the
4 MENU rocker button briefly to Requirement MENU rocker button briefly to
go back an hour. go back one day.
104 The vehicle is at a standstill.
Press and hold the bottom Press the bottom part of the
part of the MENU rocker but- Switch on the ignition. MENU rocker button and hold
ton once the desired hour has Selecting SETUP ( 102). once the desired day has been
been set. SETUP DATE is displayed. set.
The minutes 2 flash. Month 2 flashes.
Operation

Press the top part of the Press the top part of the
MENU rocker button briefly to MENU rocker button briefly to
advance the minutes. advance the month.
Press the bottom part of the Press the bottom part of the
z MENU rocker button briefly to MENU rocker button briefly to
go back a minute. go back one month.
Press and hold the bottom part Press the bottom part of the
of the MENU rocker button MENU rocker button and hold
once the desired minute has once the desired month has
been set. Press and hold the bottom part been set.
The minutes 2 stop flashing. of the MENU rocker button. Year 3 flashes.
Checking the setting on the Day 1 flashes. Press the top part of the
time display 3. MENU rocker button briefly to
This completes the process. Press the top part of the advance the year.
Press and hold the top part of MENU rocker button briefly to Press the bottom part of the
the MENU rocker button. advance the day. MENU rocker button briefly to
SETUP ENTER is displayed. go back one year.
Press the bottom part of the Briefly press the top
MENU rocker button and hold part 1 of the MENU rocker 4
once the desired year has been button repeatedly until
set. SETUP UNIT ENTER appears 105
Year 3 no longer flashes. on the display.
This completes the process. Press and hold the bottom
Press and hold the top part of part 2 of the MENU rocker
the MENU rocker button. button to activate SETUP UNIT.

Operation
SETUP ENTER is displayed. SETUP UNIT SPEED appears
Briefly press the bottom part 2 on the display.
General settings in the of the MENU rocker button Press the top part 1 of the
multifunction display repeatedly until the desired MENU rocker button briefly to
select the following parameters z
brightness of the backlighting
Adjusting the brightness in the SETUP UNIT:
is set.
of the backlighting in the Press and hold the top part 1 Change speed indicator unit
instrument cluster of the MENU rocker button to between KMH and MPH
Requirement quit SETUP. Change distance recorder unit
The vehicle is at a standstill. SETUP ENTER appears on the between KM and MI
display. Change fuel consumption
Switch on the ignition. display between L/100, KM/L
Selecting SETUP ( 102). Adjusting the units and MPG
Briefly press the top part 1 of Requirement Change tyre pressure control
the MENU rocker button re- The vehicle is at a standstill. (RDC) unit between BAR, PSI
peatedly until SETUP BRIGHT and KPA
appears on the display. Switch on the ignition. Change temperature display
Selecting SETUP ( 102). unit between °C and °F
Change clock display between Press and hold the bottom Units have been reset to the
4 24H and 12H part 2 of the MENU rocker factory setting.
Change date format between button to quit SETUP UNIT. SETUP UNIT EXIT is
106 DMY and MDY SETUP RESET appears on the displayed.
display. Press and hold the bottom
part 2 of the MENU rocker
button to quit SETUP UNIT.
SETUP RESET appears on the
Operation

display.

Resetting SETUP
Switch on the ignition.
z Selecting SETUP ( 102).

Press the bottom part 2 of

the MENU rocker button briefly Briefly press the top
until the desired unit 3 is set part 1 of the MENU rocker
on the speed indicator or the button repeatedly until
distance recorder. SETUP UNIT RESET appears
Briefly press the top on the display if you wish to
part 1 of the MENU rocker reset the units to the factory
button repeatedly until setting.
SETUP UNIT EXIT appears Press and hold the bottom
on the display if you wish to part 2 of the MENU rocker Briefly press the top part 1 of
complete adjustment. button until the RESET 3 the MENU rocker button re-
display flashes.
peatedly until SETUP RESET The ASC/DTC indicator and
appears on the display. NOTICE warning light first changes 4
Press and hold the bottom You have the option of deactiv- its status. Press and hold
part 2 of the MENU rocker down button 1 until the 107
ating the ABS function while the
button until SETUP has been motorcycle is on the move. ABS indicator and warning
reset. light responds. Under these
circumstances, there is no
NOTICE change to the ASC⁄DTC

Operation
setting.
Date and time can also be reset
to a default value by using the ABS indicator and warning
SETUP RESET function. light shows.

A time of 12:00 is displayed. with Connectivity OE z

Press and hold the top part 1 Possible ABS system status
of the MENU rocker button to OFF! is displayed.
quit SETUP. Release button 1 after the ABS
SETUP ENTER is displayed. Press and hold down button 1
until the ABS indicator and system status changes.
warning light changes its ABS indicator and warning
Antilock Brake System light remains on.
status.
(ABS) with Connectivity OE
Switching off ABS with Connectivity OE
Immediately after the button 1 is
function pressed, the system statuses for The ASC⁄DTC system status
ASC⁄DTC and ABS are displayed remains unchanged and a new
Switch on the ignition ( 86).
as ON. ABS system status OFF! is
briefly displayed.
The ABS function is switched ABS indicator and warn-
4 off. ing light goes out; if self-
An ABS fault has oc-
curred if the ABS indic-
diagnosis has not completed, it
108 Activating the ABS ator and warning light shows
starts flashing.
function when the motorcycle accel-
with Connectivity OE erates to a speed in excess
of the minimum stated below
Possible ABS system status ON
after the ignition was switched
is displayed.
Operation

off and then on again.

Release button 1 once the
ABS system status has min 10 km/h
changed.
ABS indicator and warning with riding modes Pro OE
z light remains off or contin- If the encoding plug is not in-
ues to flash. serted, you have the alternative
Press and hold button 1 until of switching the ignition off and
with Connectivity OE then on again.
the ABS indicator and warning
The ASC⁄DTC system status
light changes its status.
remains unchanged and a new Traction control (ASC/
with Connectivity OE
ABS system status ON is briefly
Immediately after the button 1 is displayed.
DTC)
pressed, the system statuses for Switch off the ASC/DTC
ASC⁄DTC and ABS are displayed The ABS function is switched function
as OFF!. on. Switch on the ignition ( 86).
You also have the option of
switching the ignition off and
then on again.
ASC/DTC indicator and Switch on the ASC/DTC
NOTICE warning light comes on. function 4
You have the option of deactivat- 109
ing the ASC/DTC function while with Connectivity OE
the motorcycle is on the move. Possible ASC system
status OFF! is displayed.
Release button 1 after the
ASC/DTC system status

Operation
changes.
ASC/DTC indicator and
warning light remains on.

with Connectivity OE
Press and hold down button 1 z
until the ASC/DTC indicator
The new ASC/DTC system
and warning light changes its
status OFF! is displayed briefly.
status.
Press and hold down button 1 The ABS system status remains
with Connectivity OE
until the ASC/DTC indicator unchanged.
Immediately after button 1 is
and warning light changes its pressed, ASC/DTC system
status. The ASC/DTC function is
switched off. status OFF! and current ABS
with Connectivity OE system status are displayed.
Immediately after button 1 is
pressed, ASC/DTC system ASC/DTC indicator and
status ON and current ABS warning light goes out; if
system status are displayed. self-diagnosis has not completed
the warning light starts flashing.
with Connectivity OE Possible settings
4 Possible ASC system status ON
If the ASC/DTC indicator
and warning light Dynamic ESA (electronic chassis
is displayed. remains on even though the and suspension adjustment) en-
110
Release button 1 once the vehicle has accelerated past ables you to adjust rear-wheel
status has changed. the minimum speed stated damping to the road surface.
ASC/DTC indicator and below after the ignition was Three damper settings and three
warning light remains off switched off and then on spring preload levels are avail-
or continues to flash. able.
Operation

again, an ASC/DTC fault has

occurred.
with Connectivity OE Viewing suspension
The new ASC/DTC system min 5 km/h settings
status ON is displayed briefly. See the section entitled "En-
z The ABS system status remains gineering details" for more in-
unchanged. formation on traction control
ASC/DTC.
The ASC/DTC function is How does traction control
switched on. work? ( 187)
If the coding plug is not inser-
ted, you have the alternative of Electronic Suspension
switching the ignition off and
then on again.
Adjustment (D­ESA)
with Dynamic ESA OE Switch on the ignition ( 86).
Press button 1 briefly to view
the current setting.
suspension settings for damping want to use appears on the
action 2 and spring preload 3 are display. 4
displayed.
NOTICE 111
The setting shows briefly, then
You can adjust the damping
disappears automatically.
characteristic while the motor-
Adjusting the chassis and cycle is on the move.

Operation
suspension The following settings are avail-
Switch on the ignition ( 86). able:
The damping action is displayed
ROAD: Damping for comfortable
on the multifunction display in
on-road mode
area 1; the spring preload is dis- z
DYNA: Damping for dynamic
played in area 2.
on-road mode
ENDURO: Damping for off-
road mode. Only available in
ENDURO or ENDURO PRO riding
modes and can also not be
changed further in these riding
modes.
Press button 1 briefly to view
the current setting.
To adjust damping:
with Connectivity OE Repeatedly press button 1
briefly until the setting you
Immediately after button 1
is pressed, the chassis and
ing modes and can also not be
4 adjusted further in these riding NOTICE
modes. You cannot adjust spring preload
112
while the motorcycle is on the
withConnectivity OE
move.
A message is displayed if a set-
ting is not possible in the riding The following settings are avail-
mode selected. Example: In able:
Operation

ENDURO riding mode damp. One-up

not adjustable.
with Connectivity OE
The selection arrow 4 appears One-up with luggage
z on the display.
Two-up (with luggage)
The selection arrow 4
disappears after the status is
changed.
with Connectivity OE
with Connectivity OE
The following message is
The following settings are avail-
displayed if it is not possible
able:
to adjust a setting: Load
Road: Damping for comfort-
To adjust spring preload: adjustment only avail.
able on-road mode
Start the engine ( 167). stopped.
Dyna.: Damping for dynamic
on-road mode Repeatedly press and hold but-
Enduro: Damping for off- ton 1 until the setting you want
road mode. Only available in to use appears on the display.
ENDURO or ENDURO PRO rid-
Riding on a rain-wet roadway.
Riding on a dry roadway. 4
with riding modes Pro OE 113
Sporty riding on a dry road sur-
face.
Riding in gentle off-road terrain.
Sporty off-road riding.

Operation
The interplay of throttle
with Connectivity OE with Connectivity OE response, ABS control and ASC/
The selection arrow 4 appears The new chassis and suspension DTC control is optimised for
on the display. settings for damping action 2 each of the scenarios. z
and spring preload 3 are dis-
The selection arrow 4 played briefly. NOTICE
disappears after the status is
changed. Riding mode See the section entitled "Engin-
Wait for the mechanism to eering details" for more informa-
Using the riding modes tion on the riding modes that can
complete all adjustments be-
fore you ride off. BMW Motorrad has developed be selected.
The settings for damping and 5 operational scenarios for your
spring preload shown on the motorcycle from which you can with Dynamic ESA OE
display are automatically ac- select the scenario suitable for The chassis and suspension ad-
cepted if you allow a certain your situation: justment can also be adjusted in
length of time to pass without the scenario selected.
pressing button 1.
See the "Engineering details" is displayed. The guide 4 dis-
4 section for more information on plays how many riding modes are
the riding modes ( 189). available.
114
Selecting riding mode
Operation Switch on the ignition ( 86).

The selection arrow 1 and the

first selectable riding mode 2 are
z displayed.

ATTENTION
Activation of the off-road
Press button 1. mode (Enduro and Enduro
Pro) when riding on-road
Risk of crash due to lack of sta-
bility when the vehicle brakes or
accelerates in the control range
of ABS or ASC/DTC
with Connectivity OE Activate off-road mode (Enduro
The riding mode currently act- and Enduro Pro) only for off-
ive 2 is sent to the back and the road riding.
first selectable riding mode 3
Press button 1 repeatedly until ENDURO: When riding off-road Dynamic ESA adaptation set-
the required riding mode is in- with road tyres. tings even after the ignition has 4
dicated beneath the selection been switched off.
arrow. with riding modes Pro OE 115
If the encoding plug is fitted, Installing coding plug
NOTICE ENDURO PRO replaces the with riding modes Pro OE
ENDURO riding mode.
When the Enduro PRO mode is Switching off ignition ( 87).
ENDURO PRO: When riding

Operation
selected: Note that ABS control Removing seat ( 124).
for the rear wheel is restricted off-road with knobbly off-road
(see the section entitled "Engin- tyres.
eering details").
With the motorcycle at a stand-
The following ride modes can be still, the selected mode is ac- z
selected: tivated after approximately two
RAIN: For riding on a rain-wet seconds.
road surface. The following conditions must
ROAD: For riding on a dry road be satisfied for activation of a
surface. new riding mode while riding:
Throttle grip is in idle position.
with riding modes Pro OE Brake is not applied. Remove rubber band 1.
The following riding modes are Following activation of the new
additionally available for selection: riding mode the clock is dis- ATTENTION
DYNAMIC: For dynamic riding played again. Dirt and damp penetrating
on a dry road surface. The selected riding mode is inside open connectors
retained with the engine-char- Malfunctions
acteristic, ABS, ASC/DTC and
Reinstall the protective cap
4 after removing the coding NOTICE
plug. If the encoding plug is in place,
116
Press in the lock 2 and pull off the disabled driving safety sys-
the cover cap 3. tems remain disabled even after
switching the ignition off and
back on.
Operation

Symbol for encoding plug is

displayed.
Repeatedly press the 1 button
Select the riding mode until 2 SETUP ENTER appears
( 114). in the top line of the display.
z Installing seat ( 124). Press and hold button 1 to
start the SETUP menu.
PRO riding mode SETUP MODE ENDURO PRO
Install coding plug 4. with riding modes Pro OE ENTER is displayed.

NOTICE Adjustment option

The PRO riding modes can be
The encoding plug and the cover set individually.
cap are stored in the motorcycle
seat together with the toolkit. Launch SETUP MODE
The lock 2 engages. Install the coding plug ( 115).
Install rubber band 1. Switch on the ignition ( 86).
Switch on the ignition.
SETUP MODE RESET appears
on the display. 4
117

Operation
Press and hold button 2 to Press button 2 briefly to set
launch the SETUP MODE. ENGINE to RAIN, ROAD or
SETUP ENGINE is displayed. DYNA. z
Press button 1 briefly. Press button 1 briefly to keep
Adjusting Enduro PRO SETUP DTC appears on the the settings.
with riding modes Pro OE display. SETUP MODE EXIT appears on
Launch SETUP MODE Press button 2 briefly to the display.
( 116). set DTC to ENDURO or Alternatively, press and hold
SETUP ENGINE appears on the ENDURO PRO. button 2 to reset all paramet-
display. Press button 1 briefly. ers.
SETUP ABS appears on the The factory setting is adop-
display. ted for the Enduro PRO riding
Press button 2 briefly to mode:
set ABS to ENDURO or DTC: ENDURO PRO
ENDURO PRO. ABS: ENDURO PRO
Press button 1 briefly. ENGINE: DYNA
RESET flashes three times. The on-board computer read-
4 SETUP MODE EXIT appears on ings appear on the display.
the display.
118 PRO riding mode with
connectivity
with riding modes Pro OE
with Connectivity OE
Operation

Setting up PRO riding

SETUP MODE ENDURO PRO mode
ENTER appears on the display. with riding modes Pro OE
z Install the coding plug ( 115).
Press button 1 briefly to return Switch on the ignition ( 86).
to the settings menu page. Call up the Settings,
SETUP ENGINE appears on the Vehicle settings menu.
display. The ENDURO PRO riding
Alternatively, press and hold mode can be modified.
button 2 to quit SETUP MODE. Select and confirm riding
mode.

Press the 1 button repeatedly Adjusting Enduro Pro

until SETUP EXIT is shown. with riding modes Pro OE
Press and hold button 1.
with Connectivity OE Select Reset and confirm.
Setting up PRO riding mode The following factory settings 4
( 118). apply for ENDURO PRO riding
mode: 119
DTC: Enduro Pro
ABS: Enduro Pro
ENGINE: Dynamic

Operation
Cruise-control system
You can browse through the with cruise control OE
available settings 3 and the cor-
responding explanations 4. z
The Engine system has been Setting up system.
selected. The current setting is The Engine, DTC and ABS
displayed as a diagram 1 with systems can be set up in the
explanatory texts relating to the same way.
system 2. The settings can be reset to
the factory settings:
Select system and confirm. Resetting riding mode settings
( 119).

Resetting riding mode

settings
Setting up PRO riding mode
( 118).
Display when adjusting Display when adjusting
4 settings (Speed Limit Info settings (Speed Limit Info
120 not active) active)

Operation

Slide switch 1 to the right.

Button 2 is operational.
z Saving road speed
The symbol 1 for cruise control The symbol 1 for cruise control
is displayed in the Pure Ride view is displayed in the Pure Ride view
and the top status line. and the top status line.

Switching on cruise
control
Requirement
Cruise control is available only
after exiting the Enduro or
Enduro Pro riding modes.
Briefly push button 1 forward.
Push button 1 forward and The motorcycle decelerates
Adjustment range for
cruise control
hold it in this position. steplessly. 4
The motorcycle accelerates The current speed is main-
steplessly. tained and saved if button 1 is 121
30...210 km/h
The current speed is main- not pushed again.
Indicator light for cruise
tained and saved if button 1 is
control lights up. Switching off cruise
not pushed again.
control

Operation
The motorcycle maintains your Decelerating Operate the brakes, clutch or
current cruising speed and the
throttle grip (throttle back to
setting is saved.
beyond the basic setting), to
Accelerating switch cruise control off.
The cruise control indicator z
light goes out.

Briefly push button 1 back.

The speed is reduced by 1-
2 km⁄h each time you push the
button.
Briefly push button 1 forward.
Push button 1 back and hold it
Speed is increased by 1-
in this position.
2 km/h each time you push the
button.
Resuming former cruising Indicator light for cruise Switching minimum
4 speed control lights up. pressure warning on or off
122 The minimum pressure of the
Switching off cruise tyres can be chosen freely.
control Once the minimum pressure
has been reached, a minimum
pressure warning can be dis-
Operation

played.
Call up the Settings,
Vehicle settings, RDC
menu.
z Briefly push button 1 back to Switch Nom. pressure
return to the speed previously warning on or off.
saved.
Slide switch 1 to the left. Heated handlebar grips
NOTICE The system is deactivated. with heated grips OE
Opening the throttle does not Button 2 is disabled.
Operating the heated
deactivate the cruise-control sys-
tem. If you release the twistgrip
Tyre pressure control handlebar grips
the motorcycle will decelerate (RDC) Start the engine ( 167).
only to the cruising speed saved withConnectivity OE NOTICE
in memory, even though you with tyre pressure control
might have intended slowing to (RDC) OE The heating in the heated
a lower speed. with riding modes Pro OE handlebar grips can be activated
only when the engine is appears in front of the heated with Connectivity OE
running. grip symbol 3. 4
The handlebar grips can be
heated to three levels. Stage 123
NOTICE
three is for heating the grips
The increase in power consump- quickly: it is advisable to switch
tion caused by having the heated back to stage one or two as soon
handlebar grips switched on can as the grips are warm.

Operation
drain the battery if you are rid- 75% heating power
ing at low engine speeds. If the
charge level is low, the heated
handlebar grips are switched off 55% heating power Repeatedly press button 1 un-
to ensure the battery's starting til the desired heating level 2 z
capability. appears in front of the heated
35% heating power grip symbol 3.
The handlebar grips can be
heated to three levels. Stage
The selected heating stage will three is for heating the grips
be saved if you allow a certain quickly: it is advisable to switch
length of time to pass without back to stage one or two as soon
making further changes. as the grips are warm.
75% heating power

55% heating power

Repeatedly press button 1 un-
til the desired heating level 2
35% heating power Remove seat bench in direction
4 of arrow 5 and place on spacer
buffers on a clean surface.
124 The selected heating stage will
be saved if you allow a certain Installing seat
length of time to pass without
making further changes.
Operation

In order to switch off the

heated grips, press button 1
repeatedly until the heated grip Turn the seat lock 1 to the
symbol 3 is no longer shown right with the ignition key.
z on the display. Seat bench is unlocked.

Seat
Slide seat bench 2 in direction
Removing seat of arrow 4 into holds 3.
Requirement Press seat bench firmly in dir-
Place the motorcycle on its stand ection of arrow 5.
on firm, even ground. The seat bench audibly en-
gages.

Press seat bench 2 in direction

of arrow 4 out of the holds 3.
Operating instructions
Stowing the rider's
4
manual 125
Stow the rider's manual(s) in
the pocket supplied.

Operation
z

Fold the opening end of the

pocket multiple times as tightly
as possible, then close the
hook and loop fastener 1.
Stow the pocket in the rear
end.
z
4

Operation
126
TFT display
General instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
5
127
Principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Pure Ride view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
General settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

TFT display
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
My vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
On-board computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 z
Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Display software version . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Display licence information . . . . . . . . . 148
General instructions Operate those systems or storing the device above the fuel
5 Warnings
devices only when the traffic tank (e.g. in your jacket pocket).
situation allows for it.
128 If necessary, stop and operate
WARNING NOTICE
the systems or devices when
Using a smartphone during stationary. Depending on the mobile device,
the journey or while the en- the scope of the Connectivity
gine is running Connectivity functions functions may be restricted.
TFT display

Risk of accident Connectivity functions include

BMW Motorrad
Always observe the relevant media, telephony and navigation.
road traffic regulations. Connectivity functions can Connected App
Do not use the smartphone be used if the TFT display is The BMW Motorrad Connec-
during the journey (apart from connected to a mobile end ted App contains usage and
z device and a helmet ( 138). vehicle information. For some
applications that do not require
operation, e.g. making tele- For more information on the functions, such as navigation, the
phone calls with the hands-free Connectivity functions go app must be installed on the mo-
system). to bmw­[Link]/ bile end device and connected
connectivity to the TFT display. The app is
used to start route guidance and
WARNING
adjust the navigation.
Distraction from the road and NOTICE
loss of control If the fuel tank is between NOTICE
Operating the integrated inform- the mobile device and the
ation system and communication TFT display, the Bluetooth On some mobile devices, e.g.
devices while driving results in a connection may be restricted. those with iOS operating sys-
risk of accident BMW Motorrad recommends tems, the BMW Motorrad Con-
nected App must be opened be- Principle Turn the multi-controller
fore use.
Controls
downwards: 5
Move the cursor downwards in
Currentness 129
lists.
The TFT display may be updated Adjust settings.
after the publication date. Be- Decrease volume.
cause of this, your motorcycle
may differ from the information Tilt the multi-controller to

TFT display
supplied in the Rider's Manual. the left:
Up-to-date information is avail- Activate the function in accord-
able at: ance with the operation feed-
[Link] back.
All contents of the display are Activate the function to the left
operated using the multi-con- or back.
z
troller 1 and the MENU 2 rocker Go back to the View menu
button. after settings.
Depending on the context, the In the View menu, change up a
following functions are possible. level.
In the My Vehicle menu: ad-
Multi-controller functions vance one menu screen.
Turn the multi-controller
upwards: Tilt the multi-controller to
the right:
Move the cursor upwards in
lists. Activate the function in accord-
Adjust settings. ance with the operation feed-
Increase volume. back.
Confirm selection. Press and hold the top part Operating instructions in
5 Confirm settings. of the MENU rocker button: the main menu
Advance a menu step. In the View menu: call up
130
Scroll to the right in lists. Pure Ride view.
In the My Vehicle menu: ad- In Pure Ride view: change op-
vance one menu screen. erating focus to the Navigator.

MENU rocker button Briefly push MENU down:

TFT display

functions Change down a level.

No function if the lowest
NOTICE hierarchical level has been
reached.
Instructions given by the navig- Operating instructions show
z ation system are displayed in a Hold MENU down: whether interactions are possible,
dialogue box if the Navigation and which ones.
Change back to the last menu
menu has not been called up.
after a previous menu change
Operation of the MENU rocker
by holding up the MENU
button is temporarily restricted.
rocker button.
Briefly push MENU up:
In the View menu, change up a
level.
In the Pure Ride view: change
the display for rider info status
line.
Operating instructions in pending on whether you can
submenus return to a higher level. 5
In addition to the operating in- Operating instruction 2: An
additional submenu level can 131
structions in the main menu,
there are additional operating in- be called up.
structions in the submenus. Operating instruction 3: There
are more entries than can be
displayed.

TFT display
Display Pure Ride view
What the operating
instructions mean: Press and hold rocker button
MENU up.
Operating instruction 1: the left
end has been reached. z
Operating instruction 2: it is
possible to scroll to the right.
Operating instruction 3: it is
possible to scroll down. Meaning of the operating
Operating instruction 4: it is instructions:
possible to scroll to the left. Operating instruction 1: The
Operating instruction 5: the current display is located in a
right end has been reached. hierarchical menu. A submenu
level is shown with a symbol.
Two symbols indicate two or
more submenu levels. The col-
our of the symbol changes de-
Switching functions on Symbol 3 shows that the func- Repeatedly press the multi-
5 and off tion can be switched off. controller 1 briefly to the right
Symbol 4 shows that the func- until the desired menu item is
132 tion can be switched on. highlighted.
Briefly push button 2 down.
Call up the menu
NOTICE
TFT display

The Settings menu can only

be called up when the vehicle is
stationary.

Move the cursor in lists

Some menu items have a check
z box in front of them. The check
box shows whether the function
is on or off. Action symbols after
the menu items show what will Display Pure Ride view
be switched by tilting the multi- ( 131).
controller briefly to the right. Briefly push button 2 down.
Examples for switching on The following menus can be
and off: called up:
My vehicle
Symbol 1 shows that the func-
tion is switched on. Navigation Call up the menu ( 132).
Symbol 2 shows that the func- Media To move the cursor down in
tion is switched off. Telephone lists, turn the multi-controller 1
Settings
down until the desired entry is The last menu used is called the left in the top status line.
highlighted. up. The last entry highlighted Operator actions affect the 5
To move the cursor up in lists, is selected. currently active device until the
turn the multi-controller 1 up operating focus is changed 133
until the desired entry is high- Change of operating focus again.
lighted. with preparation for navigation Operating navigation system
system OE ( 241)
Confirm selection

TFT display
If the Navigator is connected, it System status displays
is possible to switch between The system status is displayed in
operation of the Navigator and the lower area of the menu if a
the TFT display. function is switched on or off.
Changing operating focus z
with preparation for navigation
system OE

Securing navigation device

Select the desired entry. ( 239).
Briefly press the multi-control- Display Pure Ride view
ler 1 to the right. ( 131).
Long-press the top section of
Call up the last menu used the MENU rocker button.
In Pure Ride view: press and Operating focus switches Examples of what the system
hold the MENU rocker button. to the Navigator or the TFT statuses mean:
display, as applicable. The System status 1: ASC/DTC
active device is highlighted on function is switched on.
System status 2: ABS function Riding time 1
5 is switched off.

134 Changing display for Riding time 2

driver info. status line
Requirement Break 1
The vehicle is at a standstill. The
Pure Ride view is displayed.
TFT display

Break 2
Switch on the ignition ( 86).
Long-press button 1 to obtain
All the information necessary the Pure Ride view. Average speed 1
for riding on public roads is
Briefly press button 1 to se-
presented in the TFT display
z lect the value in the top status Average speed 2
by the on-board computer.
line 2.
The information can be dis-
The following values can be dis-
played in the top status line. Fuel gauge
played:
with tyre pressure control
Odometer Total
(RDC) OE
Trip distance 1 Current Range
Information from the tyre
Trip distance 2 Current
pressure control can also be
Average consumption 1
displayed.
Select content of the rider info.
Select content of the rider
status line ( 134). Average consumption 2 info. status line
Call up the Settings,
Display, Status line
content menu.
Switch on the desired displays. If there are no operating in- Pure Ride view
It is possible to switch between structions, tilt the multi-control-
Rev. counter 5
the selected displays in the ler 1 to the left.
rider info. status line. If no dis- The setting is saved. 135
plays are selected, only the
range will be displayed. Switching Speed Limit
Info on or off
Adjust settings Requirement

TFT display
Vehicle is connected with a com-
patible mobile end device. The
BMW Motorrad Connected app
is installed on the mobile end
device. 1 Scale
2 Lower engine speed range
z
Speed Limit Info displays 3 Upper/red engine speed
the maximum speed currently range
permitted. 4 Needle
Select and confirm the desired Call up the Settings, 5 Secondary indicator
settings menu. Display menu. 6 Engine speed display unit:
Turn the multi-controller 1 Switch Speed Limit Info on 1000 revolutions per
downwards until the desired or off. minute
setting is highlighted.
If there are operating instruc-
tions, tilt the multi-controller 1
to the right.
Range The range is shown together General settings
5 with a warning once the fuel
Adjust the volume
reserve has been reached.
136 After a refuelling stop, range is Connect rider's and passen-
recalculated if the amount of ger's helmet ( 139).
fuel in the tank is greater than Increase volume: turn the
the reserve quantity. multi-controller upwards.
The calculated range is only an Decrease volume: turn the
TFT display

approximate figure. multi-controller downwards.

Mute: turn the multi-controller
Recommendation to all the way down.
The range readout 1 indicates upshift
how far you can ride with the fuel Setting the date
z remaining in the tank. This dis- Switch on the ignition ( 86).
tance is calculated on the basis Call up the Settings, Sys-
of average consumption and the tem settings, Date and
quantity of fuel on board. time, Set date menu.
When the motorcycle is Adjust Day, Month and Year.
propped on its side stand Confirm setting.
the slight angle of inclination
means that the sensor cannot Set date format
register the fuel level correctly. Call up the Settings, Sys-
This is the reason why the The upshift recommendation 1
tem settings, Date and
range is recalculated only signals the economically best
time, Date format menu.
when the side stand is in the point in time for upshift.
Select the desired setting.
retracted position.
Confirm setting.
Setting the clock the time from the Navigator is Spanish
Switch on the ignition ( 86). applied. French 5
Call up the Settings, Sys- Special functions ( 243) Italian
137
tem settings, Date and Dutch
Setting units of Portuguese
time, Set time menu.
Adjust Hour and Minute.
measurement Russian
Call up the Settings, Sys- Ukrainian
Setting time format tem settings, Units menu.

TFT display
Call up the Settings, Sys- The following units of measure- Adjusting brightness
tem settings, Date and ment can be set: Call up the Settings,
time, Time format menu. Distance covered Display, Brightness menu.
Select the desired setting. Pressure Adjusting display brightness.
Confirm setting. Temperature z
Speed Resetting all settings
Switching GPS Consumption All the settings in the Set-
synchronisation on or off tings menu can be reset to
with preparation for navigation Setting the language the factory settings.
system OE Call up the Settings, Sys- Call up the Settings menu.
tem settings, Language Select Reset all and confirm.
Call up the Settings, Sys- menu. The settings in the following
tem settings, Date and The following languages can be menus are reset:
time menu. set: Vehicle settings
Switch GPS synchronisa- Chinese System settings
tion on or off. German Connections
When the respective option English Display
is activated in the Navigator,
Information connections or connections can the pairing process is conducted
5 Existing Bluetooth connections
sometimes fail. Particularly when only once, on initial contact.
multiple devices operate in a
138 are not deleted. Bluetooth network, with wireless NOTICE
technology of this nature it is
On some mobile devices, e.g.
Bluetooth not possible to ensure fault-
those with iOS operating sys-
Short-range wireless free communications in every
tems, the BMW Motorrad Con-
situation.
technology nected App must be opened be-
TFT display

The Bluetooth function might not fore use.

Possible sources of
be available in certain countries. interference:
During the pairing process, the
interference zones due to TFT display searches for other
Bluetooth is a short-range
transmission masts and similar. Bluetooth-compatible devices
z wireless technology. Bluetooth
devices are short-range devices devices with non-compliant within its reception range. The
transmitting on the license-free Bluetooth implementations. conditions that have to be satis-
ISM band (Industrial, Scientific, proximity of other Bluetooth- fied before the audio system can
Medical) between 2.402 GHz compatible devices. recognise another device are as
and 2.480 GHz. They can be follows:
Pairing The Bluetooth function of the
operated anywhere in the world
without a licence being required. Two Bluetooth devices must de- device must be activated
tect each other before they can The device must be "visible" to
Although Bluetooth is designed
create a connection with each others
to establish and sustain robust
other. This process of mutual The device must support the
connections over short distances,
recognition is known as pairing. A2DP profile
as with every other wireless
When two devices have paired Other Bluetooth-compatible
technology disruptions are
they remember each other, so devices must be OFF (e.g.
possible. Interference can affect
mobile phones and navigation (see mobile end device's troubleshooting chart in the
systems). operating instructions). section entitled "Technical 5
Select Mobile device and data". ( 252)
Please consult the operating in- confirm. Depending on the mobile end 139
structions for your communica- Select PAIRING NEW MOB. device, telephone data is trans-
tion system. DEVICES and confirm. ferred to the vehicle automatic-
Pairing Mobile end devices are being ally.
searched for. Telephone data ( 148)

TFT display
Call up the Settings, Con-
If the telephone book is
nections menu. The Bluetooth symbol not displayed, consult the
Bluetooth connections can flashes in the bottom status troubleshooting chart in the
be established, managed and line during pairing. section entitled "Technical
deleted in the CONNECTIONS
data". ( 253)
menu. The following Bluetooth Mobile end devices found are If the Bluetooth connection is
z
connections are displayed: displayed. not working as expected, con-
Mobile device Select and confirm mobile end sult the troubleshooting chart
Rider's helmet device. in the section entitled "Tech-
Passenger helm. Follow the instructions on the nical data". ( 253)
The connection status for mobile mobile end device.
end devices is displayed. Confirm that the code Connect rider's and
matches. passenger's helmet
Connect mobile end The connection is established Pairing ( 139).
device and the connection status up- Select Rider's helmet or
Pairing ( 139). dated. Passenger helm. and con-
Activate the mobile end If the connection is not firm.
device's Bluetooth function established, consult the
Make the helmet's communica- Deleting connections
5 tion system visible. Call up the Settings, Con-
Select PAIRING NEW HEL- nections menu.
140 METS or PAIRING NEW PASS. Select Delete connections.
HELM. and confirm. To delete an individual connec-
Helmets are searched for. tion, select the connection and
confirm.
The Bluetooth symbol
TFT display

To delete all connections, se-

flashes in the bottom status
lect Delete all connec-
line during pairing.
tions and confirm.
Helmets found are displayed.
Select and confirm helmet.
z The connection is established
and the connection status up-
dated.
If the connection is not
established, consult the
troubleshooting chart in the
section entitled "Technical
data". ( 252)
If the Bluetooth connection is
not working as expected, con-
sult the troubleshooting chart
in the section entitled "Tech-
nical data". ( 253)
My vehicle
Start screen 5
1 Check Control display 141
Mode of presentation
( 61)
2 Coolant temperature
( 74)

TFT display
3 Range ( 136)
4 Total distance covered
5 Service-due indicator
( 84)
6 Tyre pressure, rear
( 208)
z
7 On-board voltage ( 224)
8 Tyre pressure, front
( 208)
Operating instructions Scrolling through menu with tyre pressure control
5 screens (RDC) OE
TYRE PRESSURE
142
SERVICE REQUIREMENTS
For more information on tyre
pressure and Check Control
messages, see the "Displays"
section.
TFT display

NOTICE

Operating instruction 1: tabs Check control messages are at-

which show how far to the left Call up the My vehicle menu. tached dynamically to the My
z or right can be scrolled. To scroll to the right, briefly Vehicle menu screen as addi-
Operating instruction 2: tab press Multi-Controller 1 to the tional tabs.
which shows the position of right.
the current menu screen. On-board computer and
To scroll to the left, briefly
press Multi-Controller 1 to the trip computer
left. The ON-BOARD COMPUTER and
The My Vehicle menu contains TRIP COMPUT. menu screens
the following screens: display vehicle and trip data, such
MY VEHICLE as average values.
Check Control messages (if
any)
ON-BOARD COMPUTER
TRIP COMPUT.
Service requirements
5
143

TFT display
If the time remaining to the next
service is less than a month or
if the next service is due within z
1000 km, a white CC message is
displayed.
On-board computer Calling up trip computer Navigation
5 Calling up on-board Call up the on-board computer Warnings
( 144).
144 computer
Scroll to the right until the WARNING
Call up the My vehicle menu. TRIP COMPUT. menu screen
Scroll to the right until the is displayed. Using a smartphone during
ON-BOARD COMPUTER menu the journey or while the en-
screen is displayed. Resetting trip computer gine is running
TFT display

Call up the trip computer Risk of accident

Resetting on-board
( 144). Always observe the relevant
computer road traffic regulations.
Press down the MENU rocker
Call up the on-board computer button. Do not use the smartphone
( 144). Select Reset automatic- during the journey (apart from
z Press down the MENU rocker ally or Reset all and con- applications that do not require
button. firm. operation, e.g. making tele-
Select Reset all values If Reset automatically is phone calls with the hands-free
or Reset individual val. selected, the trip computer system).
and confirm. is automatically reset when
The following values can be re- a minimum of 6 hours have
set: passed and the date has
Break changed since the ignition was
Journey switched off.
Current (TRIP 1)
Av. spee.
Av. consump.
Selecting destination from
WARNING NOTICE
recent destinations 5
Distraction from the road and On some mobile devices, e.g. Call up the Navigation, Re- 145
loss of control those with iOS operating sys- cent destinations menu.
Operating the integrated inform- tems, the BMW Motorrad Con- Select and confirm destination.
ation system and communication nected App must be opened be- Select Start route guid-
devices while driving results in a fore use. ance.

TFT display
risk of accident
Operate those systems or Entering destination Selecting destination from
devices only when the traffic address favourites
situation allows for it. Connect mobile end device The FAVOURITES menu dis-
If necessary, stop and operate ( 139). plays all destinations which
the systems or devices when Call up the BMW Motorrad have been saved as favourites z
stationary. Connected App and start the in the BMW Motorrad Con-
route guidance. nected app. No new favourites
Precondition Call up the Navigation menu can be added using the TFT
The vehicle is connected to a in the TFT display. display.
compatible mobile end device. Active route guidance is dis- Call up the Navigation, Fa-
played. vourites menu.
The BMW Motorrad Connec- If the active route guidance Select and confirm destination.
ted app is installed on the con- is not displayed, consult the Select Start guidance.
nected mobile end device. troubleshooting chart in the
section entitled "Technical
data". ( 253)
Entering special Setting route criteria purpose, Spoken instruc-
5 destinations Call up the Navigation, tions must be switched on.
Call up the Navigation,
146 Special destinations, such as Route criteria menu.
The following criteria can be se- Active route guidance
points of interest, can be dis-
lected: menu.
played on the map.
Switch Spoken instruc-
Call up the Navigation, Route type
tions on or off.
POIs menu. Avoid
TFT display

The following locations can be Select desired Route type. Repeating last spoken
selected: Switch desired Avoid on or instruction
At current location off.
Call up the Navigation,
At destination The number of avoidances activ-
Active route guidance
Along the route ated is displayed in brackets.
menu.
z Select where the special des-
Select Current instruc-
tinations should be looked for. Ending route guidance
tion and confirm.
e.g. the following special destina- Call up the Navigation,
tion can be selected: Active route guidance
menu.
Media
Filling station
Select and confirm the special Select End route guidance Precondition
destination. and confirm. The vehicle is connected to a
Select Start route guid- compatible mobile end device
Switching spoken and helmet.
ance and confirm.
instructions on or off
Connect rider's and passen-
ger's helmet ( 139).
The navigation can be read out
by a computer voice. For this
Control music playback Fast forward: hold Multi-Con- Switching Shuffle on or off.
troller 1 to the right. Select Repeat: Off, One (cur- 5
Rewind: hold Multi-Controller 1 rent track) or All.
to the left. 147
Call up the context menu: Telephone
press the bottom part of the Precondition
button 2.
The vehicle is connected to a

TFT display
NOTICE compatible mobile end device
and helmet.
Depending on the mobile device,
Call up the Media menu. the scope of the Connectivity Telephone calls
functions may be restricted.
NOTICE z
The following functions can be
BMW Motorrad recommends used in the context menu:
setting the volume on the mobile Start playback or Pause
end device for media and calls to playback.
maximum before setting off. Select the Now playing, All
artists, All albums or All
Adjust the volume ( 136).
tracks category for search
Next track: briefly tilt Multi-
and playback.
Controller 1 to the right.
Select Playlists. Call up the Telephone menu.
Last track or start of the cur-
Accept call: tilt Multi-Control-
rent track: briefly tilt Multi-Con- You can make the following ad- ler 1 to the right.
troller 1 to the left. justments in the Audio op- Reject call: tilt Multi-Control-
tions submenu: ler 1 to the left.
End the call: tilt Multi-Control- Call list: list of calls with the
5 ler 1 to the left. mobile end device
Favourites: list of favourites
148 Muting saved on the mobile end device
During active phone calls, the
microphone in the helmet can be Display software
muted. version
TFT display

Phone calls with multiple Call up the Settings, In-

participants formation, Software ver-
A second call can be accepted sion menu.
while you are on a call. The first
phone call is put on hold. The Display licence
z number of active telephone calls information
is shown in the Telephone Call up the Settings, In-
menu. It is possible to switch formation, Licences menu.
between two phone calls.

Telephone data
Depending on the mobile end
device, telephone data may be
transmitted to the vehicle auto-
matically once pairing is com-
plete ( 138).
Phone book: list of contacts
saved on the mobile end device
Anti-theft alarm
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
6
149
Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Alarm function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Deactivation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Anti-theft alarm
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

z
Overview Protecting the vehicle Confirmation tone sounds
6 with anti-theft alarm (DWA) OE
battery twice (if programmed).
A DWA that has been enabled Anti-theft alarm is active.
150
General information about switches off automatically after a
few days to protect the vehicle Activation with Keyless
the anti-theft alarm (DWA)
battery and to maintain starting Ride
Any attempt to move the vehicle,
capability. However, it does re- with Keyless Ride OE
change its position, disconnect
main active for at least 30 days.
Anti-theft alarm

the vehicle battery or unauthor-

ised starts will activate the alarm.
The sensitivity of the system is
Activation
parametrised such that slight vi- with anti-theft alarm (DWA) OE
brations will not trigger the alarm.
Once the system has been activ- Activation
ated, any attempt to tamper with Switch on the ignition ( 86).
z the vehicle is indicated acoustic- Adjusting the alarm system
ally by the siren and visually by ( 151).
all four turn indicators flashing in Switch off the ignition.
unison. If the alarm system is activated, Switch off the ignition.
You can adjust the behaviour of then the alarm system will be Press button 1 on the radio-
your DWA in specific areas to automatically activated when operated key.
your wishes. the ignition is switched off. Activation takes approximately
Activation takes approximately 30 seconds to complete.
30 seconds to complete. Turn indicators flash twice.
Turn indicators flash twice. Confirmation tone sounds
twice (if programmed).
Anti-theft alarm is active.
Motion sensor when peatedly until SETUP DWA ap-
motorcycle is to be pears on the display. 6
transported 151
If you want to transport your
motorcycle by train or on a
trailer, for example, it is advisable
to switch off the motion

Anti-theft alarm
sensor. If the motion sensor
is not switched off the severe
movements occurring in transit Press button 1 on the radio-
could trigger the alarm. operated key again during the
activation phase.
Deactivating the motion Turn indicators flash three Press the bottom part 2 of the
sensor times. MENU rocker button briefly to
with Keyless Ride OE Confirmation tone sounds three toggle between DWA ON 3 and
DWA OFF.
z
times (if programmed).
Motion sensor has been deac- The following settings are avail-
tivated. able:
DWA ON: The DWA anti-theft
Adjusting the alarm alarm is active and will be
system armed automatically when the
Switch on the ignition ( 86). ignition is switched off.
Selecting SETUP ( 102). DWA OFF: The DWA anti-theft
Briefly press the top part 1 of alarm is deactivated.
the MENU rocker button re-
Press and hold the top part 1 Alarm triggers with Keyless Ride OE
6 of the MENU rocker button to A DWA alarm can be triggered
quit SETUP. by:
152 SETUP ENTER appears on the Motion sensor.
display. An attempt to use an unauthor-
ised vehicle key to switch on
with Connectivity OE
the ignition.
Call up the Settings,
Anti-theft alarm

Disconnection of the anti-theft

Vehicle settings, Alarm alarm (DWA) from the vehicle's
system menu. battery (DWA internal battery
The following settings are avail- in the anti-theft alarm provides A triggered alarm tone can be in-
able: power). terrupted at any time by pressing
Adapt Warning signal
the button 1 on the radio-oper-
Switch Tilt alarm sensor Alarm ated key. This function does not
on or off An alarm sounds for approxim- modify the status of the alarm
z Switch Arming tone on or off ately 28 seconds. The system is system.
Switch Arm automatically active again another 10 seconds
on or off later. While an alarm is in progress an
Programming options ( 153) alarm tone sounds and the turn
indicators flash. You can program
Alarm function the alarm tone type.
with anti-theft alarm (DWA) OE
Reason for an alarm with Keyless Ride OE Programming
Once you have deactivated the with anti-theft alarm (DWA) OE 6
alarm function, the DWA LED 153
indicates the reason for potential Programming options
alarm activation for one minute: The alarm system can be adap-
Flashes 1x: Motion sensor 1 ted to your particular needs in
Flashes 2x: Motion sensor 2 the following respects by your

Anti-theft alarm
Flashes 3x: Ignition switched authorised BMW Motorrad Re-
on with unauthorised vehicle tailer:
key Confirmation alarm tone after
Flashes 4x: Disconnection of Press button 1 on the radio- having activated/deactivated
the anti-theft alarm from the operated key once. the DWA in addition to flashing
motorcycle's battery turn indicators.
Flashes 5x: Motion sensor 3 NOTICE Rising and falling or intermittent
The alarm function is reactivated alarm tone. z
Deactivation after 30 seconds if "activation
with Connectivity OE
with anti-theft alarm (DWA) OE after ignition off" has been selec-
The alarm system can be
ted if the alarm function is deac-
Deactivating the alarm adjusted in the Settings,
tivated using the radio-operated
function Vehicle settings, Alarm
key and the ignition is not then
system menu.
Switch on using an authorised switched on.
ignition key. Turn indicators flash once.
Alarm tone sounds once (if so
programmed).
Alarm function is deactivated.
Default settings
6 The anti-theft alarm ships with
154 the following default settings:
Confirmation alarm tone after
having activated/deactivated
the DWA: no.
Alarm tone: intermittent.
Anti-theft alarm

z
Adjustment
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
7
155
Headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Windscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Adjustment
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Shift mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Spring preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
z
Damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Mirrors Adjusting mirror arm Headlight
7 Adjusting mirrors Headlight adjustment for
156 right- or left-hand traffic
The asymmetrical low-beam
headlight dazzles the oncoming
traffic when riding in countries
which drive on the other side of
Adjustment

the road to that of the motor-

cycle's country of registration.
Have the headlights adjusted to
Push the protective cap 1 up- the prevailing conditions by a
wards above the screw con- specialist workshop, preferably
Turn the mirror to the correct
z nection on the mirror arm. an authorised BMW Motorrad
position.
Loosen nut 2. Retailer.
Turn the mirror arm to the ap-
propriate position. Headlight beam throw and
Tighten the nut to the spe- spring preload
cified tightening torque, while The headlight beam throw gen-
holding the mirror arm in place. erally remains constant by adjust-
Mirror (lock nut) to ment of the spring preload to the
clamping piece load status.
Adjustment of the spring preload
22 Nm (Left-hand thread) is only inadequate if the payload
Push the protective cap over is very high. In this case, the
the threaded fastener.
headlight beam throw must be Adjust beam throw by tilting Pull lever 2 downwards to raise
adjusted to the weight. the headlight slightly about its the windscreen 1. 7
horizontal axis. Push lever 2 upwards to lower
NOTICE Tighten screws 1 on the left the windscreen 1. 157

If there are doubts about the cor- and right.

rect headlight beam throw, have Clutch
the setting checked by a special- Windscreen Adjusting the clutch lever
Adjusting windscreen

Adjustment
ist workshop, preferably an au-
thorised BMW Motorrad dealer. WARNING

Adjusting headlight beam Adjusting the clutch lever

throw while riding
Risk of accident
z
Adjust the clutch lever only
when the motorcycle is at a
standstill.

WARNING
Adjusting the windscreen
while riding
Loosen screws 1 on the left
Risk of falling
and right.
Do not attempt to adjust the
windscreen unless the motor-
cycle is at a standstill.
Brakes
7 Adjusting brake lever
158
WARNING
Relocated brake fluid tank
Air in the brake system
Do not turn the handlebars or
Adjustment

the handlebar fitting on the

Turn adjusting screw 1 handlebar. Turn adjusting screw 1 anti-
clockwise to increase the span clockwise to increase the span
between the clutch lever and WARNING between the brake lever and
z the handlebar grip. the handlebar grip.
Adjusting the brake lever
Turn adjusting screw 1 anti- Turn adjusting screw 1
while riding
clockwise to reduce the span clockwise to reduce the span
between the clutch lever and Risk of accident between the brake lever and
the handlebar grip. Do not attempt to adjust the the handlebar grip.
brake lever unless the motor-
NOTICE cycle is at a standstill. NOTICE
The adjusting screw can be The adjusting screw is easier to
turned more easily if the clutch turn if you push the brake lever
lever is pushed forward. forward.
Adjusting footbrake lever Shift mechanism
Place the motorcycle on its Adjusting shift lever
7
stand on firm, even ground. 159

Adjustment
Fold the tread up until it
latches if you are riding sitting
down.
Loosen screw 1. z
Push the tread 1 of the Turn peg 2 to the desired po-
footrest to the left to unlock. sition.

NOTICE
A peg that has been set too high
or too low can lead to problems
when shifting gear. Check the
position of the peg if you experi-
ence shifting problems.
Fold the tread down until it Tighten screw 1 to the spe-
latches if you are riding stand- cified tightening torque.
ing up.
7 Peg to gearshift lever Basic setting of spring
preload, rear
160
8 Nm without Dynamic ESA OE
Turn the adjuster knob
Spring preload counter-clockwise as far as
Adjustment it will go. (One-up without
Adjustment

luggage)
It is essential to set spring pre-
load of the rear suspension to Turn the adjuster knob
suit the load carried by the mo- WARNING counter-clockwise as far as
torcycle. Increase spring pre- it will go, then back it off
load when the vehicle is heavily Spring preload setting and 20 turns in the clockwise
z loaded and reduce spring preload spring-strut damping setting direction. (One-up with
accordingly when the vehicle is not matched. luggage)
lightly loaded. Impaired handling. Turn the adjuster knob clock-
Adjust spring-strut damping to wise as far as it will go. (Two-
Adjusting spring preload suit spring preload. up with luggage)
for rear wheel If you want to increase spring Stow the toolkit in its correct
Removing seat ( 124). preload, use the tool from the position.
Removing the toolkit. toolkit to turn adjuster knob 1 Installing seat ( 124).
clockwise.
If you want to reduce spring
preload, use the tool from the
toolkit to turn adjuster knob 1
anticlockwise.
Damping Turn the adjusting screw 1 an-
Adjustment
ticlockwise to soften the damp- 7
ing action.
Damping must be adapted to suit 161
the condition of the surface on Basic setting of rear-
which the motorcycle is ridden suspension damping
and to suit spring preload. characteristic
An uneven surface requires without Dynamic ESA OE

Adjustment
softer damping than a smooth
surface. Turn the adjusting screw as
Adjust the damping action by far as it will go clockwise, then
An increase in spring preload
turning adjusting screw 1. back it off 1.5 turns. (One-up
requires firmer damping, a re-
without luggage)
duction in spring preload re-
quires softer damping. Turn the adjusting screw as z
far as it will go clockwise, then
Adjusting the damping back it off 0.5 turns. (One-up
characteristic for rear with luggage)
wheel Turn the adjusting screw as
Place the motorcycle on its far as it will go clockwise, then
stand on firm, even ground. back it off 0.25 turn. (Two-up
with luggage)

Turn the adjusting screw 1

clockwise to harden the damp-
ing action.
z
7

Adjustment
162
Riding
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
8
163
Comply with checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
When changing the load
status: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Riding
Always before riding off: . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Every 3rd refuelling stop: . . . . . . . . . . 167
z
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Running in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Shifting gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Off-roading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Parking your motorcycle . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Securing motorcycle for transporta-
tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Safety instructions the section entitled "Technical Lowering the motorcycle's
8 Rider's equipment
data"). suspension shortens suspension
travel. Ride comfort might be
164 The following clothing will protect WARNING restricted as a result. Be sure to
you on every ride: adjust spring preload accordingly,
When a motorcycle with
Helmet particularly for riding two-up.
lowered suspension is cor-
Suit
nering, certain components
Gloves Loading correctly
Riding

can come into contact with

Boots the surface at a bank angle WARNING
This applies even to short less than that to which the
z rider is accustomed. Handling adversely affected
journeys, and to every season
of the year. Your authorised Risk of falling by overloading and imbal-
BMW Motorrad Retailer will be Carefully try out the limits of anced loads
glad to advise you on the correct the motorcycle's bank angle Risk of falling
clothing for every purpose. and adapt your style of riding Do not exceed the permissible
accordingly. gross weight and be sure to
Restricted angle of heel Test your motorcycle's angle comply with the instructions on
with low-slung OE of heel in situations that do not loading.
involve risk. When riding over Adjusting spring preload set-
A motorcycle with lowered
kerbs and similar obstacles, bear ting and damping to the total
suspension has less ground
in mind that your motorcycle's weight.
clearance and cannot corner
ground clearance is limited. with case OA
at angles of heel as extreme
as those achievable by a Ensure that the case volumes
counterpart motorcycle with on the left and right are equal.
standard-height suspension (see
Make sure that the weight is Maximum speed with
uniformly distributed between
Payload of topcase
knobbly tyres or winter 8
right and left. tyres
Pack heavy items at the bot- 165
max 5 kg
tom of the cases and toward DANGER
the inboard side. Speed
Note the maximum permissible Maximum speed of the mo-
If you ride at high speed, always torcycle is higher than the
payload and the speed limit

Riding
bear in mind that various bound- permissible maximum rated
for riding with cases fitted, as ary conditions can adversely af-
stated on the label inside the speed of the tyres
fect the handling of your motor-
case (see also the section en- cycle, e.g.:
Risk of accident due to tyre dam- z
titled "Accessories"). age at high speed
Spring-strut and shock-ab-
Comply with the tyre-specific
Payload per case sorber system not set up cor-
speed restrictions.
rectly
Imbalanced load Always bear the maximum per-
max 8 kg Loose clothing missible speed of the tyres in
Insufficient tyre pressure mind when riding a motorcycle
with topcase OA Poor tyre tread fitted with knobbly tyres or winter
Note the maximum permissible Added luggage systems such tyres.
payload and the speed limit as cases, topcase and tank Affix a label stating the maximum
for riding with topcase fitted, rucksack. permissible speed to the instru-
as stated on the label inside ment panel in the rider's field of
the case (see also the section vision.
entitled "Accessories").
Risk of poisoning Catalytic converter Risk of overheating
8 Exhaust fumes contain carbon If misfiring causes unburned fuel
monoxide, which is colourless to enter the catalytic converter, ATTENTION
166
and odourless but highly toxic. there is a danger of overheating Engine running for prolonged
and damage. period with vehicle at stand-
WARNING The following guidelines must be still
Exhaust gases adversely af- observed: Overheating due to insufficient
Do not run the fuel tank dry
Riding

fecting health cooling; in extreme cases vehicle

Risk of asphyxiation Do not attempt to start or run fire
the engine with a spark-plug Do not allow the engine to idle
z Do not inhale exhaust fumes.
cap disconnected
Do not run the engine in an unnecessarily.
enclosed space. Stop the engine immediately if Ride away immediately after
it misfires starting the engine.
Risk of burn injury Use only unleaded fuel
Comply with all specified main- Tampering
CAUTION tenance intervals.
ATTENTION
Engine and exhaust system
become very hot when the ATTENTION Tampering with the motor-
vehicle is in use Unburned fuel in catalytic cycle (e.g. engine manage-
Risk of burn injury converter ment ECU, throttle valves,
When you park the vehicle clutch)
Damage to catalytic converter
make sure that no-one and no Damage to the affected parts,
Note the points listed for
objects can come into contact failure of safety-relevant func-
protection of the catalytic
with the hot engine and ex- tions, voiding of warranty
converter.
haust system.
Do not tamper with the vehicle Always before riding Check the brake-fluid level,
in any way that could result in off: front brakes ( 202). 8
tuned performance. Checking the brake-fluid level,
Check operation of the brake rear brakes ( 204). 167
Comply with checklist system. Checking coolant level
Check operation of the lights ( 206).
At regular intervals, use the
and signalling equipment. Lubricate the chain ( 230).
checklist below to check your
Checking clutch function Checking chain sag ( 230).
motorcycle.

Riding
( 205).
Checking tyre tread depth Starting
When changing the
( 209). z
load status: Checking tyre pressure Starting engine
without Dynamic ESA OE ( 208).
ATTENTION
Adjusting spring preload for Check that cases and luggage
rear wheel ( 160). are securely held in place. Sufficient gearbox lubrication
only with the engine is run-
Adjusting the damping Every 3rd refuelling ning.
characteristic for rear wheel
( 161).
stop: Gearbox damage
Checking engine oil level Do not allow the motorcycle to
with Dynamic ESA OE ( 198). roll for a lengthy period of time
Adjusting the chassis and Checking front brake pad thick- or push it a long distance with
suspension ( 111). ness ( 201). the engine switched off.
Checking rear brake pad thick- Switch on the ignition ( 86).
ness ( 201). Pre-Ride-Check is performed.
( 168)
ABS self-diagnosis is in pro- If the engine refuses to start,
8 gress. ( 169) consult the troubleshooting
ASC self-diagnosis is in pro- chart in the section entitled
168 gress. ( 170) "Technical data". ( 252)
with riding modes Pro OE
DTC self-diagnosis is in pro-
Pre-Ride-Check
gress. ( 170) When the ignition is switched
Select neutral or, if a gear is on, the instrument cluster runs a
Riding

engaged, pull the clutch lever. test of the indicator and warning
lights. This test is known as the
Press the starter button 1.
z NOTICE "Pre-Ride-Check". The test is
NOTICE aborted if you start the engine
You cannot start the motorcycle before it completes.
with the side stand extended and The start attempt is automatic-
a gear engaged. The engine will ally interrupted if battery voltage Phase 1
switch itself off if you start it with is too low. Recharge the battery All indicator and warning lights
the gearbox in neutral and then before you start the engine, or are switched on.
engage a gear before retracting use jump leads and a donor bat- After a longer vehicle standstill
the side stand. tery to start. period, an animation is displayed
See the subsection on jump when the system starts up.
starting in "Maintenance" for
more details. Phase 2
The 'General' warning light
The engine starts.
changes from red to yellow.
Phase 3 Phase 1
All the indicator and warning Test of the diagnosis-compat-
ABS self-diagnosis not
completed 8
lights switched on in the initial ible system components with
169
phase are switched off in reverse the vehicle at a standstill. The ABS function is not avail-
sequence. The ABS indicator light able, because self-diagnosis
flashes. did not complete. (The motor-
The malfunction indicator lamp cycle has to reach a defined
only goes out after 15 seconds. Phase 2 minimum speed for the wheel

Riding
Test of the wheel-speed speed sensors to be checked:
If one of the indicator and warn-
sensors as the vehicle pulls 5 km/h)
ing lights did not switch on: z
away from rest. If an indicator showing an ABS
Have the fault rectified as
The ABS indicator light fault appears when ABS self-dia-
quickly as possible by a
flashes. gnosis completes:
specialist workshop, preferably
an authorised BMW Motorrad You can continue to ride. Bear
ABS self-diagnosis in mind that the ABS function
Retailer.
completed is not available.
ABS self-diagnosis The ABS indicator and warning Have the fault rectified as
BMW Motorrad ABS performs light goes out. quickly as possible by a
self-diagnosis to ensure its op- specialist workshop, preferably
erability. Self-diagnosis starts an authorised BMW Motorrad
automatically when you switch on Retailer.
the ignition.
ASC self-diagnosis Check all the indicator and DTC self-diagnosis
8 BMW Motorrad ASC performs warning lights. with riding modes Pro OE
170 self-diagnosis to ensure its op- ASC self-diagnosis not
erability. Self-diagnosis is per- BMW Motorrad DTC performs
completed
formed automatically when you self-diagnosis to ensure its op-
switch on the ignition. The ASC function is not avail- erability. Self-diagnosis is per-
able, because self-diagnosis formed automatically when you
Phase 1 did not complete. (The motor- switch on the ignition.
Riding

Test of the diagnosable system cycle has to reach a defined Phase 1

components with the vehicle at minimum speed for the wheel
z a standstill. sensors to be checked: min
Test of the diagnosis-compat-
ASC indicator and warning ible system components with
5 km/h)
light slow-flashes. the vehicle at a standstill.
If an indicator showing an ASC DTC indicator and warning
fault appears when ASC self- light flashes slowly.
Phase 2
diagnosis completes:
Test of the diagnosis-compat- You can continue to ride. Bear Phase 2
ible system components while in mind that the ASC function
the motorcycle is on the move. Drive off test of the system
is not available. components with diagnostic
ASC indicator and warning Have the fault rectified as
light slow-flashes. capability.
quickly as possible by a DTC indicator and warning
specialist workshop, preferably light flashes slowly.
ASC self-diagnosis
an authorised BMW Motorrad
completed
Retailer.
The ASC indicator and warning
light goes out.
DTC self-diagnosis Have the fault rectified as
completed quickly as possible by a
Running-in speed
8
The DTC symbol no longer specialist workshop, preferably
an authorised BMW Motorrad 171
shows. No full load (Odometer reading
Retailer. 0...1200 km)
Check all the indicator and
Note the mileage after which
warning lights. Running in
the running-in check should be
Engine

Riding
DTC self-diagnosis not carried out.
completed Until the running-in check,
Mileage until the first
vary the throttle opening and z
The DTC function is not avail- running-in check
engine-speed range frequently;
able, because self-diagnosis avoid riding at constant engine
did not complete. (The motor- 500...1200 km
rpm for prolonged periods.
cycle has to reach a defined
Try to do most of your rid- Brake pads
minimum speed with the en-
ing during this initial period on New brake pads have to be run
gine running for the wheel-
twisting, fairly hilly roads, avoid- in before they can achieve their
speed sensors to be checked:
ing high-speed main roads and optimum friction levels. The
min 5 km/h)
highways if possible. reduced braking effect can be
If an indicator showing an DTC Comply with the running-in compensated for by greater pres-
fault appears when DTC self- speeds. sure on the brake lever.
diagnosis completes:
You can continue to ride. Bear Running-in speed
in mind that the DTC function
is not available or the function-
<6500 min-1 (Odometer read-
ality might be subject to certain
ing 0...1200 km)
restrictions.
Shifting gear the rider having to pull the
8 WARNING
with shift assistant Pro OE
clutch or close the throttle.
New brake pads This is not an automatic-shift
172 system.
Longer stopping distance, risk of Shift assistant Pro
accident The rider is the most important
Apply the brakes in good NOTICE part of the system and decides
time. when to shift gears.
Whenever the Pro shift assist- The sensor 1 on the gearshift
Riding

ant shifts gears, cruise control shaft registers the gearshift

Tyres
is automatically disengaged for request and triggers shift as-
z New tyres have a smooth sur- safety reasons. sistance.
face. This must be roughened by
riding in a restrained manner at When riding at a steady speed
various heel angles until the tyres in a low gear at high engine
are run in. This running in pro- rpm, an attempt to shift gear
cedure is essential if the tyres are without pulling the clutch can
to achieve maximum grip. cause a severe load-change
reaction.
WARNING BMW Motorrad recommends
disengaging the clutch for
New tyres losing grip on wet shifts in these circumstances.
roads and at extreme bank It is advisable to avoid using
angles Select the gears in the usual
the Pro shift assistant at engine
Risk of accident way by using the foot-operated
speeds close to the limits at
Ride carefully and avoid ex- gearshift lever.
which the governor cuts in to
tremely sharp inclines. The shift assistant assists up-
limit engine rpm.
shifts and downshifts without
Shift assistance is not available Off-roading Brake early until the brakes are
in the following situations:
After off-roading
clean. 8
With clutch lever pulled.
BMW Motorrad recommends 173
Shift lever not in its initial posi- ATTENTION
tion. checking the following after riding
Upshifts with the throttle valve the motorcycle off-road: Riding on unsurfaced or dirty
closed (coasting overrun) and roads
Tyre pressure Increased brake pad wear
when decelerating.

Riding
When shifting down with the Check the thickness of the
WARNING
throttle valve open or when brake pads more frequently
accelerating. Lower tyre pressure for off- and replace the brake pads in z
After a gearshift, you must fully roading in operation on good time.
release the gearshift lever be- smooth roads
Risk of accident due to impaired Spring preload and shock-
fore the gear can be shifted
driving characteristics. absorber settings
again with the Pro shift assist-
ant. Always check that the tyre WARNING
See the section "Engineering pressures are correct.
details" for more information on Changed values for spring
the Pro shift assistant: Brakes preload and spring strut
with riding modes Pro OE damping for off-roading
WARNING Impaired driving characteristics
Shift assistant Pro ( 193)
Driving on unpaved or dirt on paved roads
roads Before leaving the off-road ter-
Delayed braking efficiency due rain, set the correct spring pre-
to soiled brake disks and brake load and shock absorption.
pads.
Rims Brakes rider's full force applied to the
8 BMW Motorrad recommends How can stopping
brake levers; under these circum-
checking the rims for damage stances, the dynamic shift in load
174 distance be minimised? distribution cannot keep pace
after off-roading.
Each time the brakes are applied, with the increase in deceleration
Air filter element a load distribution shift takes and the tyres cannot transmit the
place with the load shifting for- full braking force to the surface
ATTENTION ward from the rear to the front of the road. Under these circum-
Riding

wheel. The sharper the vehicle stances the front wheel can lock
Dirty air filter element
decelerates, the more load is up.
Engine damage
z shifted to the front wheel. The BMW Motorrad ABS prevents
If you ride in dusty terrain higher the wheel load, the more the front wheel from locking up.
check the air filter element for braking force can be transmitted
clogging at shorter intervals; without the wheel locking. Panic braking
clean or replace as necessary. To optimise stopping distance, If the vehicle decelerates sharply
Operation in very dusty condi- apply the front brakes rapidly and above 50 km/h, the brake light
tions (desert, steppes, or the like) keep on increasing the force you will flash rapidly to warn road
necessitates the use of air filter apply to the brake lever. This users behind the vehicle.
elements specially designed for makes the best possible use of If the vehicle decelerates to be-
conditions of this nature. the dynamic increase in load at low 15 km/h, the hazard warning
the front wheel. Remember to lights come on. When the speed
pull the clutch at the same time. increases to above 20 km/h,
In the "panic braking situations" the hazard warning lights are
that are trained so frequently, switched off again automatically.
braking force is applied as rap-
idly as possible and with the
Descending mountain Riding on salted or gritted Physical limits applicable to
passes roads. motorcycling 8
After work has been carried on
the brakes, due to traces of oil WARNING 175
WARNING
or grease.
Braking only with the rear Braking when cornering
Riding on dirt-covered surfaces
brake on mountain descents Risk of crash despite ABS Pro
or off-road.
Brake fade, destruction of the Invariably, it remains the rider's

Riding
brakes due to overheating responsibility to adapt riding
Use both front and rear brakes, WARNING style to riding conditions.
and make use of the engine's Do not take risks that would z
Wetness and dirt result in
braking effect as well. negate the additional safety
diminished braking efficiency
offered by this system.
Risk of accident
Wet and dirty brakes ABS Pro is available in all riding
Apply the brakes lightly while
Wetness and dirt on the brake riding to remove wetness and modes except Enduro PRO.
discs and the brake pads dimin- dirt, or dismount and clean the
ish braking efficiency. brakes. Possibility of a fall not
Delayed braking action or poor Think ahead and brake in good precluded
braking efficiency must be time until full braking efficiency Although ABS Pro provides the
reckoned with in the following is restored. rider with valuable assistance and
situations: constitutes a huge advance in
Riding in the rain or through ABS Pro safety for braking with the mo-
puddles of water. with riding modes Pro OE torcycle banked for cornering, it
After the vehicle has been cannot under any circumstances
washed. be considered as redefining the
physical limits that apply to mo-
torcycling. It is still possible for Parking your Extend the side stand and prop
8 these limits to be overshot due motorcycle the motorcycle on the stand.
to misjudgement or rider error. In If the camber of the roadway
176 extreme cases this can result in a Side stand permits, turn the handlebars all
crash. Switch off the engine. the way to the left.
The motorcycle should always
Use on public roads ATTENTION face uphill on a gradient; select
ABS Pro helps make the mo- 1st gear.
Riding

Poor ground underneath the

torcycle even safer for riding on
stand Centre stand
public roads. When the brakes
Risk of damage to parts if vehicle
z are applied because of an un- with centre stand OE
topples
foreseen hazard when the mo-
Always check that the ground Switch off the engine.
torcycle is banked for cornering,
under the stand is level and
within the physical limits that ap-
firm. ATTENTION
ply to motorcycling the system
prevents the wheels from locking Poor ground underneath the
and skidding away. ATTENTION
stand
Additional weight placing Risk of damage to parts if vehicle
NOTICE
strain on the side stand topples
ABS Pro was not developed to Risk of damage to parts if vehicle Always check that the ground
enhance individual braking per- topples under the stand is level and
formance with the motorcycle Do not sit or lean on the firm.
banked into corners. vehicle while it is propped on
the side stand.
Do not attempt to run the Refuelling
ATTENTION vehicle on leaded fuel or fuel 8
Centre stand folds in due to with metallic additives (e.g. WARNING
manganese or iron). 177
sharp movements Fuel is highly flammable
Risk of damage to parts if vehicle Observe the maximum ethanol Risk of fire and explosion
topples content of the fuel. Do not smoke. Never bring
Do not lean or sit on the a naked flame near the fuel
Recommended fuel

Riding
vehicle with the centre stand tank.
grade
extended.
Extend the centre stand and lift Premium unleaded (max- WARNING z
the motorcycle onto the stand. imum 15% ethanol, E15)
95 ROZ/RON Escape of fuel due to heat-
Refuelling 90 AKI induced expansion if fuel
tank is overfilled
Fuel grade Pay attention to the following Risk of falling
Requirement symbols in the fuel filler cap Do not overfill the fuel tank.
and on the fuel pump:
For optimum fuel consumption,
fuel should be sulphur-free or as ATTENTION
low-sulphur as possible.
Wetting of plastic surfaces
by fuel
ATTENTION Damage to the surfaces (surfaces
Engine operation with leaded become unsightly or dull)
fuel Clean plastic surfaces immedi-
Damage to catalytic converter ately after contact with fuel.
Make sure the ground is level Clean plastic surfaces immedi-
8 and firm and place the motor- ately after contact with fuel.
cycle on its side stand. Make sure the ground is level
178 with centre stand OE and firm and place the motor-
cycle on its centre stand.
WARNING
Fuel is highly flammable
Riding

Risk of fire and explosion

Do not smoke. Never bring
a naked flame near the fuel Do not fill the tank past the
z bottom edge of the filler neck.
tank.
NOTICE
WARNING
When refuelling after running on
Escape of fuel due to heat-
reserve, make sure that you top
induced expansion if fuel Open protective flap 1. up the tank to a level above re-
tank is overfilled Use the ignition key to unlock serve, so that the new level is
Risk of falling fuel filler cap 2 by turning the detected and the fuel reserve in-
Do not overfill the fuel tank. key clockwise, and flip the cap dicator light is switched off.
open.
ATTENTION NOTICE
Wetting of plastic surfaces The "usable fuel capacity" spe-
by fuel cified in the technical data is the
Damage to the surfaces (surfaces quantity that the fuel tank could
become unsightly or dull) hold if refilled after it had been
run dry and the engine had cut Do not smoke. Never bring
out due to a lack of fuel. a naked flame near the fuel NOTICE
8
tank. The fuel filler cap can be opened
Fuel level 179
within the defined waiting time
WARNING after the ignition has been
approx. 23 l Escape of fuel due to heat- switched off, without the radio-
induced expansion if fuel operated key being within
range.

Riding
Reserve fuel tank is overfilled
Risk of falling
Waiting time for opening
approx. 3.5 l Do not overfill the fuel tank. fuel filler cap z
Press the fuel tank cap down
ATTENTION 2 min
firmly to close.
Remove the ignition key and Wetting of plastic surfaces There are two variant ways
close the protective cap. by fuel of opening the fuel filler cap:
Damage to the surfaces (surfaces Within the waiting time.
Refuelling become unsightly or dull) After the waiting time has ex-
with Keyless Ride OE Clean plastic surfaces immedi- pired.

Requirement ately after contact with fuel.

The steering lock is disengaged. Make sure the ground is level
and firm and place the motor-
cycle on its side stand.
WARNING
with Keyless Ride OE
Fuel is highly flammable Switching off ignition ( 89).
Risk of fire and explosion
with centre stand OE Make sure the ground is level Version 1
8 WARNING
and firm and place the motor- with Keyless Ride OE
cycle on its centre stand.
180 with Keyless Ride OE Requirement
Fuel is highly flammable
Risk of fire and explosion Switching off ignition ( 89). Within the waiting time
Do not smoke. Never bring NOTICE
a naked flame near the fuel
Riding

tank. The fuel filler cap can be opened

within the defined waiting time
z WARNING after the ignition has been
switched off, without the radio-
Escape of fuel due to heat- operated key being within
induced expansion if fuel range.
tank is overfilled
Risk of falling Waiting time for opening
Do not overfill the fuel tank. fuel filler cap Slowly pull tab 1 on the fuel
filler cap up.
ATTENTION 2 min Fuel filler cap unlocks.
There are two variant ways Fully open the fuel filler cap.
Wetting of plastic surfaces of opening the fuel filler cap:
by fuel Within the waiting time.
Version 2
Damage to the surfaces (surfaces After the waiting time has with Keyless Ride OE
become unsightly or dull) expired.
Clean plastic surfaces immedi- Requirement
ately after contact with fuel. After the waiting time has expired
Bring the radio-operated key Press down firmly on the filler
into range. NOTICE cap of the fuel tank. 8
Slowly pull tab 1 up. When refuelling after running on The fuel filler cap engages with
an audible click. 181
The indicator light for the reserve, make sure that you top
radio-operated key flashes up the tank to a level above re- The fuel filler cap locks auto-
while the search for the radio- serve, so that the new level is matically when the waiting time
operated key is in progress. detected and the fuel reserve in- expires.
Slowly pull tab 1 on the fuel dicator light is switched off. The engaged fuel filler cap

Riding
filler cap up again. locks immediately when you
Fuel filler cap unlocks. NOTICE secure the steering lock or
Fully open the fuel filler cap. switch on the ignition. z
The "usable fuel capacity" spe-
cified in the technical data is the Securing motorcycle
quantity that the fuel tank could for transportation
hold if refilled after it had been
run dry and the engine had cut Make sure that all components
out due to a lack of fuel. that might come into contact
with straps used to secure the
Fuel level motorcycle are adequately pro-
tected against scratching. Use
adhesive tape or soft cloths, for
approx. 23 l example, for this purpose.
Refuel with fuel of the grade
stated above; do not fill the Reserve fuel
tank past the bottom edge of
the filler neck.
approx. 3.5 l
8
182

Riding

Secure the tensioning straps

z ATTENTION ATTENTION behind on both sides on the
Vehicle topples to side when Trapping of components rear frame and tighten.
being lifted on to stand Component damage Tighten all tensioning straps
Risk of damage to parts if vehicle evenly.
Do not trap components such
topples as brake lines or cable legs.
Secure the vehicle to prevent it At the front, secure the ten-
toppling, preferably with the as- sioning straps to the bottom
sistance of a second person. fork bridge on both sides and
Push the motorcycle onto the tighten the straps.
transportation flat and hold it in
position: do not place it on the
side stand or centre stand.
Engineering details
General instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
9
183
Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . 184
Traction control (ASC/DTC) . . . . . . . . 187
Riding mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Engineering details
Tyre pressure control (RDC) . . . . . . . 191
Gear Shift Assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

z
General instructions its directional stability; a fall is ice, snow), so that the wheels will
9 To find out more about engineer-
imminent. Before this situation continue to rotate under all ima-
can occur, ABS intervenes and ginable circumstances meaning
184 ing, go to:
adapts braking pressure to the that driving stability is ensured.
[Link]/techno- maximum transferable braking As soon as is registers the ac-
logy force, so the wheels continue tual circumstances, the system
to turn and directional stability reacts instantly and adjusts brak-
Antilock Brake System is maintained irrespective of the ing force accordingly to achieve
Engineering details

(ABS) condition of the road surface. optimum braking.

How does ABS work? Rear wheel lift
What are the effects of
The amount of braking force that surface irregularities? Under very severe and sudden
can be transferred to the road
Humps and surface irregularit- deceleration, however, under
depends on factors that include
ies can cause the wheels to lose certain circumstances it is pos-
the coefficient of friction of the
contact temporarily with the road sible that the BMW Motorrad
road surface. Loose stones, ice
surface; if this happens the brak- ABS will be unable to prevent
and snow or a wet road all have
ing force that can be transmitted the rear wheel from lifting clear
z much lower coefficients of friction
to the road can drop to zero. If of the ground. If this happens
than a clean, dry asphalt surface.
the rider brakes in this situation, the outcome can be a highsiding
The lower the coefficient of fric-
the ABS has to reduce the brake situation in which the motorcycle
tion, the longer the braking dis-
pressure in order to ensure driv- can flip over.
tance.
ing stability when resuming con-
If the rider increases braking
tact with the road. At this instant,
pressure to the extent that brak-
BMW Motorrad ABS must act on
ing force exceeds the maximum
the assumption of an extremely
transferable limit, the wheels start
low coefficient of friction (gravel,
to lock and the motorcycle loses
BMW Motorrad ABS cannot Riding for a lengthy period with
WARNING provide optimum assistance on the front wheel lifted off the 9
Rear wheel lift due to severe all surfaces. ground (wheelie).
Rear wheel rotating with the 185
braking The system is not optimised for
Risk of falling vehicle held stationary by ap-
special requirements that apply plying the front brake (burn-
When you brake sharply, bear under extreme competitive situ- out).
in mind that ABS control can- ations off-road or on the track. Heating up with the motorcycle

Engineering details
not always be relied on to pre-
vent the rear wheel from lifting Special situations on the centre stand or an auxil-
clear of the ground. iary stand, engine idling or with
The speeds of the front and rear a gear engaged.
wheels are compared as one
What is the design Rear wheel locked for a lengthy
means of detecting a wheel's
baseline for period, for example while des-
incipient tendency to lock. If
cending off-road.
BMW Motorrad ABS? the system registers implaus-
Within the limits imposed by ible values for a lengthy period If a fault message is issued on
physics, the BMW Motorrad ABS the ABS function is deactivated account of exceptional riding
ensures directional stability on for safety reasons and an ABS conditions, you can reactivate z
any surface. fault message is issued. Self-dia- the ABS function by switching
gnosis has to complete before the ignition off and on again.
At speeds above 4 km/h, within fault messages can be issued.
the limits imposed by physics In addition to problems with the
the BMW Motorrad ABS can BMW Motorrad ABS, exceptional
ensure directional stability riding conditions can also cause
on any surface. Limitations a fault message to be issued:
inherent to the design principle
mean that at lower speeds the
What is the role of regular riding which even BMW Motorrad ABS intervention
9 servicing? ABS cannot evade. Technically speaking, depending
on the riding situation ABS Pro
186
WARNING Evolution of ABS to adapts ABS intervention to the
ABS Pro motorcycle's bank angle. Signals
Brake system not regularly with ABS Pro OE for rate of roll and rate of yaw
serviced and lateral acceleration are used
Risk of accident Until now, the BMW Motorrad to calculate bank angle.
Engineering details

In order to ensure that the ABS helped ensure a very high

As the motorcycle is heeled over
BMW Motorrad ABS is always degree of safety for braking
more and more as it banks into
maintained in optimum condi- with the motorcycle upright
a corner, an increasingly strict
tion, it is essential for you to and travelling in a straight line.
limit is imposed on the brake-
comply strictly with the spe- Now ABS Pro offers enhanced
pressure gradient for the start of
cified inspection intervals. safety for braking in corners
brake application. This slows the
as well. ABS Pro prevents the
build-up of brake pressure to a
Safety reserves wheels from locking even under
corresponding degree. Addition-
BMW Motorrad ABS may not sharp braking. ABS Pro reduces
z ally, pressure modulation is more
mislead the rider into a careless abrupt changes in steering
uniform across the range of ABS
riding style because they can rely force, particularly in panic-
intervention.
on shorter stopping distances. braking situations, counteracting
It is primarily there to provide the vehicle's otherwise natural Advantages for the rider
a safety reserve for emergency but undesirable tendency to
The advantages of ABS Pro for
situations. straighten up.
the rider are sensitive response
Take care in bends! Braking in and high braking and directional
bends is subject to particular stability combined with best-case
laws relating to the physics of
deceleration of the motorcycle, used to compute slip as a meas- ive situations off-road or on the
even when cornering. ure of the reserves of stability track. The BMW Motorrad ASC/ 9
available at the rear wheel. If slip DTC can be deactivated in these
Traction control (ASC/ exceeds a certain limit, the en- cases. 187
DTC) gine management system inter-
venes and adapts engine torque WARNING
How does traction control accordingly.
work? Risky riding
BMW Motorrad ASC/DTC is de-

Engineering details
Risk of accident despite ASC/
Traction control is available in signed as an assistant system
DTC
two versions for the rider and for use on pub-
Invariably, it remains the rider's
without provision for the bank lic roads. The extent to which
responsibility to adapt riding
angle: Automatic Stability Con- the rider affects ASC/DTC con-
style to riding conditions.
trol ASC trol can be considerable (weight
Do not take risks that would
ASC is a rudimentary function shifts when cornering, items of
negate the additional safety
intended to prevent falls. luggage loose on the motor-
offered by this system.
with provision for bank angle: cycle), especially when the style
Dynamic Traction Control DTC of riding takes rider and machine
Special situations z
DTC regulation is more del- close to the limits imposed by
physics. In accordance with the laws of
icate and more comfortable
Activate Enduro riding mode for physics, the ability to accelerate
thanks to the additional bank
off-roading. This mode delays is restricted more and more as
angle and acceleration informa-
ASC/DTC intervention slightly in the angle of heel increases. Con-
tion.
order to permit controlled drifting. sequently, there can be a per-
Traction control compares the The system is not optimised ceptible reduction in acceleration
front and rear wheel circumferen- for special requirements that out of very tight bends.
tial velocities. The differential is apply under extreme competit-
The speeds of the front and rear Exceptional riding If the front wheel lifts clear of the
9 wheels are compared and DTC, conditions: ground under severe accelera-
unlike ASC, also takes the bank Riding for a lengthy period with tion, the ASC or DTC reduces
188
angle into account in processing the front wheel lifted off the engine torque in the RAIN and
data to detect the rear wheel's ground (wheelie). ROAD riding modes until the front
incipient tendency to spin or slip Rear wheel rotating with the wheel regains contact with the
sideways. vehicle held stationary by ap- ground.
plication of the front brake The ENDURO and ENDURO PRO
Engineering details

with riding modes Pro OE (burn-out). riding modes are set up for off-
If the electronic processor re- Heating up with the motorcycle road riding and are not suitable
ceives values for the bank angle on an auxiliary stand, in neutral for on-road riding.
that it considers implausible over or with a gear engaged. Front wheel lift-off detection
a lengthy period, a dummy value allows brief wheelies in the
is used for the bank angle or the If the encoding plug is not inser- DYNAMIC and ENDURO riding
DTC function is switched off. ted, the DTC is reactivated after modes.
Under these circumstances the a fault has occurred by switching In ENDURO PRO riding mode, the
indicator for a DTC fault shows. the ignition off and on and then front wheel lift-off detection is
z Self-diagnosis has to complete by continuing to drive at min- switched off.
before fault messages can be is- imum speed. BMW Motorrad recommends
sued. Minimum speed for ac- turning the throttle grip back
The BMW Motorrad Traction tivation of DTC slightly when lifting the front
Control can shut down automat- wheel in order to reach a stable
ically under the exceptional riding min 5 km/h driving condition again as soon
conditions outlined below. as possible.
When riding on a slippery sur- replaces the ENDURO riding In DYNAMIC riding mode: the
face, never snap the throttle mode. engine's throttle response is 9
twistgrip fully closed without optimum and dynamic.
For each of these riding modes, 189
pulling the clutch at the same
there is a matching setting for ABS
time. Engine braking torque can
the ABS, ASC⁄DTC systems and Rear wheel lift-off detection is
cause the rear wheel to skid, with
for throttle response. activated in all riding modes
a corresponding loss of stability.
The BMW Motorrad DTC is un- except ENDURO PRO.

Engineering details
with Dynamic ESA OE
able to control a situation of this In DYNAMIC and ENDURO
The adjustment of the Dynamic
nature. riding modes, rear wheel lift-off
ESA also depends on the riding
detection is reduced to achieve
mode selected.
Riding mode an enhanced braking effect.
ABS and/or ASC⁄DTC can be In RAIN, ROAD and DYNAMIC
Selection
switched off in each riding mode. riding modes, the ABS is set
To adjust the motorcycle to the up for on-road riding.
road condition and the desired The following explanations always
refer to the driving safety sys- In ENDURO riding mode, the
driving experience, the following ABS is set up for off-road rid-
riding modes can be selected: tems that are switched on. z
ing with road tyres.
RAIN Throttle response
ROAD (default mode) with riding modes Pro OE
In RAIN and ENDURO riding
modes: the engine's throttle In ENDURO PRO riding mode,
with riding modes Pro OE there is no ABS control at the
response is moderated.
DYNAMIC rear wheel when the footbrake
In ROAD and ENDURO PRO
ENDURO lever is operated. The ABS is
riding modes: the engine's
throttle response is optimum set up for off-road riding with
With the coding plug inserted,
and direct. road tyres.
the ENDURO PRO riding mode
In RAIN, ROAD and DYNAMIC ASC provides high driving sta- the rear wheel from spinning
9 riding modes, ABS Pro is fully bility in ROAD riding mode and whenever possible.
available. The tendency of the maximum driving stability in In RAIN and ROAD riding
190 motorcycle to straighten up RAIN riding mode. modes, the front wheel is
when the brakes are applied prevented from lifting.
with the machine banked for with riding modes Pro OE In DYNAMIC riding mode, DTC
cornering is reduced to a min- DTC intervenes later than in ROAD
imum. Tyres mode, so slight drift can be
Engineering details

In ENDURO riding mode, In RAIN, ROAD and DYNAMIC induced when exiting corners
ABS Pro is available only when riding modes, DTC is set up for and brief wheelies are also
the tyre-to-surface coefficient on-road riding with road tyres. possible.
of friction is high. Assistance In ENDURO riding mode, DTC In ENDURO riding mode, the
is less than in the ROAD riding is set up for off-road riding with DTC intervenes even later than
mode and instead, the system road tyres. in the other modes and the
is set up to achieve maximised In ENDURO PRO riding mode, set-up is for off-road riding, so
braking effect. DTC is set up for off-road rid- lengthy drifts and short wheel-
ABS Pro is not available in ing with off-road tyres. ies are possible when exiting
z ENDURO PRO riding mode. corners.
Driving stability In ENDURO PRO riding mode,
without riding modes Pro OE In RAIN riding mode, DTC in- DTC control assumes that the
ASC tervenes early to maximise rid- vehicle is being ridden off-road
The front wheel lift-off detec- ing stability. and is fitted with off-road tyres.
tion is activated in all riding In ROAD riding mode, DTC Longer wheelies and wheelies
modes. intervenes later than in RAIN in slight lean angles are per-
ASC is set up for on-road rid- riding mode. This prevents mitted. Front-wheel lift-off de-
ing. tection is switched off, so in
extreme conditions there is a til the mode change has taken The display shows -- for each
possibility of the motorcycle place. tyre until the tyre-pressure signal 9
flipping over backwards. is received for the first time. The
Tyre pressure control sensors continue to transmit the 191
Mode changes measured-value signals for some
(RDC)
The riding mode can be changed time after the vehicle comes to a
while the vehicle is stationary with tyre pressure control stop.
with the ignition on. It is possible (RDC) OE

Engineering details
to change it while driving under Transmission duration
Function of the measured values
the following conditions:
A sensor integrated into each after vehicle standstill:
No drive torque on the rear
tyre measures the air tempera-
wheel. min 15 min
ture and the air pressure inside
No brake pressure in the brake An error message is issued if
the tyre and transmits this in-
system. wheels without sensors are fit-
formation to the control unit.
The following steps must be The sensors are fitted with a ted to a vehicle equipped with an
taken to change the riding mode: centrifugal-force trip switch which RDC control unit.
Close the throttle twistgrip. allows the measured values to be
Tyre pressure ranges
z
Release the brake levers. transmitted after the minimum
speed is exceeded the first time. The RDC control unit differenti-
The desired riding mode is ini- ates between three tyre-pressure
Minimum speed for ranges, all of which are paramet-
tially preselected. The mode
transmission of the RDC rised for the motorcycle:
change does not take place until
measured values: Tyre pressure within permitted
the systems in question are all in
the appropriate state. min 30 km/h tolerance.
The selection menu does not Tyre pressure close to limit of
disappear from the display un- permitted tolerance.
Tyre pressure outside permit- a gauge of this nature is the
9 ted tolerance. temperature-dependent tyre-air
Example
pressure. As a result, the val-
192 Temperature ues displayed there usually do The following value is shown
compensation not correspond to the values dis- in the display:
Tyre pressure is a temperature- played in the display.
2.3 bar
sensitive variable: pressure in-
creases as tyre-air temperature Pressure adaptation Missing:
Engineering details

rises and decreases as tyre-air Compare the RDC value on the 0.2 bar
temperature drops. Tyre-air tem- display with the value in the table
The tester on the filling station
perature depends on ambient on the back cover of the rider's
shows:
temperature as well as on the manual. Then use the air-line
style of riding and the duration of gauge at a service station to 2.4 bar
the ride. compensate for the difference The tyre pressure must be in-
between the RDC reading and creased to the following value
The tyre pressures are the value in the table. to reach the correct tyre pres-
shown in the display as
sure:
z temperature compensated and
always refer to the following Example 2.6 bar
tyre air temperature:
Gear Shift Assistant
20 °C According to the Rider's
Manual, the tyre pressure with riding modes Pro OE
The air lines available to the pub-
lic in petrol stations and motor- should be the following value:
way service areas have gauges 2.5 bar
that do not compensate for tem-
perature; the reading shown by
Shift assistant Pro Shift time is shorter than a function to abort and/or lead to a
Your vehicle is equipped with the gearshift with clutch actuation. missed shift. The shift assistant 9
shift assistant Pro, which was Pro provides no assistance for
In order for the system to identify the gear change if the rider de- 193
initially developed for racing and
a request for a gearshift, the rider clutches.
has been adapted for touring. It
has to move the shift lever from
permits upshifts and downshifts
its idle position in the desired dir- Downshifting
without declutching or closing
ection against the force of the
the throttle in virtually all load and Downshifting is assisted until

Engineering details
spring through a certain "over-
rpm ranges. maximum rpm for the target
travel" at ordinary speed or rap-
gear to be selected is reached.
idly and keep the shift lever in
Advantages This prevents overrevving.
this position until the gearshift is
70-80 % of all gearshifts on a completed. It is not necessary
trip can be done without using to increase the force applied to Maximum engine speed
the clutch. the shift lever while shifting is
Less relative movement in progress. Once the gearshift
between rider and passenger max 9000 min-1
has completed the shift lever has
because the shift pauses are to be fully released before an- z
shorter. other gearshift with the Pro shift Upshifting
It is not necessary to close the assistant can take place. Keep Upshifting is assisted until idle
throttle valve when shifting un- the corresponding load condi- rpm for the target gear to be
der acceleration. tion (throttle grip position) con- selected is reached.
When braking and downshifting stant before and during the gear This prevents the engine from
(throttle valve closed), engine shift for gear shifts using the shift dropping below idle speed.
speed is adjusted by blipping assistant Pro. A change in the
the throttle. position of the throttle twistgrip
during a gearshift can cause the
9 Idle speed

194
1250 min-1 (Engine at regular
Engineering details operating temperature)

z
Maintenance
General instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
10
195
Toolkit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Service tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Diagnostic connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Front-wheel stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Maintenance
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 z
Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Rims and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Body panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Jump-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
General instructions Toolkit 3 Open-ended spanner
10 The "Maintenance" chapter de-
Width across flats 14
Adjusting mirror arm
196 scribes straightforward proced-
( 156).
ures for checking and replacing
certain wear parts. 4 Torx wrench, T25/T30
Special tightening torques are lis- T25 on short end, T30 on
ted as applicable. The tightening long end
Removing the tank cover
Maintenance

torques for the threaded fasten-

ers on your vehicle are listed in ( 222).
the section entitled "Technical 5 Hand lever
data". Adjusting spring preload
1 Screwdriver handle for rear wheel ( 160).
You will find information on more 2 Reversible screwdriver
extensive maintenance and repair blade
z work in the Repair Manual on With star-head and plain-
DVD for your vehicle, which is tip ends
available from your authorised
Replacing bulbs for front
BMW Motorrad Retailer.
and rear turn indicators
Some of the work calls for spe- ( 220).
cial tools and a thorough know- Replacing the licence
ledge of the technology involved. plate bulb ( 221).
If you are in doubt, consult a Removing battery
specialist workshop, preferably ( 226).
your authorised BMW Motorrad Adjusting the damping
Retailer. characteristic for rear
wheel ( 161).
Service tool kit Front-wheel stand bination with the front-wheel
with service toolkit OA Installing the front-wheel
holder (83 30 0 402 242). 10
stand 197

ATTENTION
Use of the BMW Motorrad
front-wheel stand without

Maintenance
also using the auxiliary stand
Risk of damage to parts if vehicle
topples
Place the motorcycle on an
BMW Motorrad has put together auxiliary stand before lifting Loosen the mounting bolts 1.
a service tool set suitable the front wheel with the Push the two adapters 2 apart z
for your motorcycle for more BMW Motorrad front-wheel until the front suspension fits
advanced service operations stand. between them. Adjust the ad-
(e.g. removing and refitting apter studs to suit the front
the wheels). This tool set is Place the motorcycle on a suit-
suspension.
available from your authorised able auxiliary stand.
Use the retaining pins 3 to set
BMW Motorrad Retailer. with centre stand OE
the front-wheel stand to the
Make sure the ground is level
desired height.
and firm and place the motor-
Centre the front-wheel stand
cycle on its centre stand.
relative to the front wheel and
Use basic stand with tool num- push it against the front axle.
ber (83 30 0 402 241) in com-
Make sure the motorcycle is
10 standing firmly.

198 Engine oil

Checking engine oil level

ATTENTION
Maintenance

Misinterpretation of oil level

reading, because oil level is
Align the two adapters 2 so Apply uniform pressure to push
temperature-dependent (the
that the front suspension is the front-wheel stand down
higher the temperature, the
securely seated. and raise the motorcycle.
higher the oil level)
Tighten mounting bolts with
z with centre stand OE Engine damage
wheel 1.
Check the oil level only
ATTENTION after a lengthy ride or when
the engine is at operating
Centre stand retracts if the temperature.
vehicle lifted too high
Risk of damage to parts if vehicle Wipe the area around the oil
topples filler neck clean.
When raising the vehicle, make Allow the engine to idle until
sure that the centre stand re- the fan starts up, then allow it
mains on the ground. to idle one minute longer.
If necessary, adjust the height Switch off the engine.
of the front-wheel stand.
Make sure the engine is at op- Remove the oil dipstick and
erating temperature and hold check the oil level. 10
the motorcycle upright.
with centre stand OE 199

ATTENTION
Vehicle topples to side when

Maintenance
being lifted on to stand
Risk of damage to parts if vehicle
topples Remove oil dipstick 1.
Secure the vehicle to prevent it
toppling, preferably with the as-
sistance of a second person. Engine oil, specified level
z
Check that the engine is at op-
erating temperature, make sure
between MIN and MAX mark
the ground is level and firm
and place the motorcycle on its Engine oil, quantity for
centre stand. topping up

Product recommended by
Clean measuring area 2 with a BMW Motorrad: ADVANTEC
dry cloth Ultimate oil, SAE 5W-40,
Place the oil dipstick on the oil API SL / JASO MA2
filler opening, but do not screw
it in. max 0.5 l (Difference between
MIN and MAX)
If the oil level is below the MIN Brake system
10 mark:
Checking function of
Topping up the engine oil
200 brakes
( 200).
Operate brake lever.
If the oil level is above the MAX The pressure point must be
mark: clearly perceptible.
Have the oil level corrected Press the footbrake lever.
Maintenance

by a specialist workshop, The pressure point must be

preferably an authorised clearly perceptible.
Remove oil dipstick 1.
BMW Motorrad dealer. If pressure points are not clearly
ATTENTION perceptible:
Fit oil dipstick.
Use of insufficient engine oil ATTENTION
z Topping up the engine oil or too much engine oil
Place the motorcycle on its Engine damage Work on brake system not
stand on firm, even ground. Always make sure that the oil in compliance with correct
Wipe the area around the filler level is correct. procedure
neck clean. Risk to operational reliability of
Top up the engine oil to the the brake system
specified level. Have all work on the brake sys-
Checking engine oil level tem undertaken by trained and
( 198). qualified specialists.
Fit oil dipstick.
Have the brakes checked by a
specialist workshop, preferably
an authorised BMW Motorrad Diminished braking effect, dam-
dealer. age to the brakes 10
In order to ensure the depend-
Checking front brake pad ability of the brake system, do 201
thickness not permit the brake pads to
Place the motorcycle on its wear past the minimum per-
stand on firm, even ground. missible thickness.

Maintenance
Have the brake pads replaced
by a specialist workshop,
preferably an authorised
Brake-pad wear limit,
BMW Motorrad Retailer.
front
Checking rear brake pad
min 1.0 mm (Friction pad
only, without backing plate. thickness z
The wear indicators, i.e. the Place the motorcycle on its
grooves, must be clearly stand on firm, even ground.
visible.)
Visually inspect the left and
right brake pads to ascertain If the wear indicating marks are
their thickness. Viewing direc- no longer clearly visible:
tion: between wheel and front
suspension towards the brake WARNING
calipers 1.
Brake-pad thickness less
than permissible minimum
In order to ensure the depend- Check the brake-fluid level at
10 ability of the brake system, do regular intervals.
not permit the brake pads to Always make sure that the
202 wear past the minimum per- lid of the brake fluid reservoir
missible thickness. and the area around the lid are
Have the brake pads replaced cleaned before opening.
by a specialist workshop, Make sure that only fresh brake
fluid from a sealed container is
Maintenance

preferably an authorised
BMW Motorrad Retailer. used.
Visually inspect the brake pads Make sure the ground is level
to ascertain their thickness. Checking brake-fluid and firm and place the motor-
Viewing direction: from the rear level, front brakes cycle on its centre stand.
towards the brake caliper 1. with centre stand OE Move the handlebars to the
z straight-ahead position.
Brake-pad wear limit, WARNING
rear
Not enough brake fluid in
min 1.0 mm (Friction pad only, brake fluid reservoir, or con-
without backing plate.) taminants in brake fluid
If the brake pads are worn: Considerably reduced braking
power due to presence of air,
WARNING contaminants or water in the
Brake-pad thickness less brake system
than permissible minimum Adjust the riding mode imme-
Diminished braking effect, dam- diately until the fault is rectified.
age to the brakes
Move the handlebars to the
WARNING straight-ahead position. 10
Not enough brake fluid in 203
brake fluid reservoir, or con-
taminants in brake fluid
Considerably reduced braking
power due to presence of air,

Maintenance
contaminants or water in the
brake system
Adjust the riding mode imme-
Brake fluid level, front
diately until the fault is rectified.
Check the brake-fluid level at
regular intervals. Check the brake fluid level in
Brake fluid, DOT4
Always make sure that the brake fluid reservoir for front z
wheel brake 1. Do not permit the brake fluid
lid of the brake fluid reservoir
level to drop below the MIN
and the area around the lid are
NOTICE mark. (Brake-fluid reservoir
cleaned before opening.
horizontal, motorcycle upright)
Make sure that only fresh brake Wear of the brake pads causes
fluid from a sealed container is the brake fluid level in the reser- If the brake fluid level drops be-
used. voir to sink. low the permitted level:
Have the fault rectified as
Make sure the ground is level quickly as possible by a
and firm and hold the motor- specialist workshop, preferably
cycle upright. an authorised BMW Motorrad
dealer.
Checking the brake-fluid Considerably reduced braking
10 level, rear brakes power due to presence of air,
contaminants or water in the
204 Make sure the ground is level
brake system
and firm and hold the motor-
cycle upright. Adjust the riding mode imme-
diately until the fault is rectified.
with centre stand OE
Check the brake-fluid level at
Make sure the ground is level
regular intervals.
Maintenance

and firm and place the motor-

Always make sure that the
cycle on its centre stand.
lid of the brake fluid reservoir
and the area around the lid are Brake fluid level, rear
cleaned before opening. (visual inspection)
Make sure that only fresh brake
Brake fluid, DOT4
z fluid from a sealed container is
used. The brake fluid level may not
drop below the MIN mark.
Check the brake fluid level in
the brake fluid tank rear 1.
If the brake fluid level drops be-
NOTICE low the permitted level:
Have the defect rectified as
WARNING Wear of the brake pads causes quickly as possible by a spe-
the brake fluid level in the reser- cialist workshop, preferably
Not enough brake fluid in voir to sink. an authorised BMW Motorrad
brake fluid reservoir, or con- dealer.
taminants in brake fluid
Clutch Checking the clutch play Adjusting clutch play
Checking clutch function
10
Pull the clutch lever. 205
An increase in force with in-
creasing actuation must be
perceptible.
If no increase in force with in-

Maintenance
creasing actuation is perceptible:
Have the clutch checked by a
specialist workshop, preferably
an authorised BMW Motorrad Repeatedly pull clutch lever 1 Loosen lock nut 1.
Retailer. tight against the grip. To increase clutch play: screw
Pull clutch lever 1 gently until adjusting screw 2 into the
resistance is perceptible, ob- handlebar fitting.
z
serving the clutch play A. To reduce clutch play: un-
screw adjusting screw 2 from
Clutch cable play
the handlebar fitting.

NOTICE
3...5 mm (on outer hand lever,
handlebars in straight-ahead The distance between lock nut
position, during cold engine) and nut (measured internally)
Clutch play is out of tolerance: must not exceed 14 mm.
Adjusting clutch play ( 205). Consult a specialist workshop,
preferably an authorised
BMW Motorrad Retailer, should
it only be possible to set the
10 correct clutch play by unscrewing
further.
206
Checking the clutch play
( 205).
Tighten lock nut 1 while hold-
ing adjusting screw 2.
Maintenance

Coolant
Read coolant level on the ex-
Checking coolant level Coolant, specified level
pansion tank 1.
Make sure the ground is level
and firm and place the motor-
Between MIN - MAX-mark on
z cycle on its stand.
the expansion tank (Engine
Turn the handlebars all the way
cold)
to the right.
If the coolant drops below the
permitted level:
Top up the coolant.
Top up coolant
10
207

Maintenance
Open cap 1 of the expansion Insert radiator cowl 1 into the
Undo screws for the radiator tank. brackets 2.
cowl 1 from the inside. Top up coolant to specified The radiator cowl engages with
level using a suitable funnel. an audible click.
Close the cap of the expansion z
tank.

Pull radiator cowl 1 from its

brackets 2. Tighten the radiator cowl 1
screws from the inside.
Tyres Check tyre pressures against Have damaged rims inspected
10 Checking tyre pressure
the data below. by a specialist workshop
and replaced if necessary,
208 Tyre pressure, front
preferably by an authorised
WARNING
BMW Motorrad Retailer.
Incorrect tyre pressure 2.2 bar (One-up, tyre cold)
Impaired handling characteristics
Checking spokes
2.5 bar (Two-up and/or with Place the motorcycle on its
of the motorcycle, shorter useful
Maintenance

luggage, tyre cold) stand on firm, even ground.

tyre life
Always check that the tyre Tyre pressure, rear Use a screwdriver handle or
pressures are correct. similar object to brush over the
spokes and pay attention to
WARNING 2.5 bar (One-up, tyre cold) the sequence of sounds.
z 2.9 bar (Two-up and/or with If the sequence of sounds is ir-
Tendency of valve inserts regular:
luggage, tyre cold)
installed vertically to open Have the spokes checked
by themselves at high riding If tyre pressure is too low: by a specialist workshop,
speeds Correct tyre pressure. preferably by an authorised
Sudden loss of tyre pressure BMW Motorrad Retailer.
Install valve caps fitted with Rims and tyres
rubber sealing rings and tighten Checking rims
firmly. Place the motorcycle on its
Place the motorcycle on its stand on firm, even ground.
stand on firm, even ground. Visually inspect the rims for
defects.
Checking tyre tread depth by the letters TI, TWI or by an Effect of wheel size on
arrow. chassis and suspension 10
WARNING If the tyre tread is worn to min- control systems 209
Riding with badly worn tyres imum: Wheel size is very important as a
Risk of accident due to impaired Replace tyre or tyres, as applic- parameter for the ABS and ASC
handling able. suspension control systems. In
If applicable, have the tyres particular, the diameter and the
Wheels

Maintenance
changed in good time before width of the vehicle's wheels are
they wear to the minimum Tyre recommendation programmed into the control unit
tread depth permitted by law. and are fundamental to all cal-
For each size of tyre,
culations. Any change in these
Place the motorcycle on its BMW Motorrad tests and
influencing variables, caused for
stand on firm, even ground. classifies as roadworthy certain
example by a switch to wheels
Measure the tyre tread depth makes. BMW Motorrad cannot z
other than those installed ex-
in the main tread grooves with assess the suitability or provide
works, can have serious effects
wear marks. any guarantee of road safety for
on the performance of the con-
other tyres.
trol systems.
NOTICE BMW Motorrad recommends
The sensor wheels are essential
using only tyres tested by
Wear indicators are built into the for correct wheel speed detec-
BMW Motorrad.
main profile grooves on each tion, and they too must match
Detailed information is
tyre. The tyre is worn out when the motorcycle's control sys-
available from your authorised
the tyre tread has worn down tems and consequently cannot
BMW Motorrad Retailer or online
to the level of the marks. The be changed.
at
locations of the marks are indic- If you decide that you would like
[Link]
ated on the edge of the tyre, e.g. to fit non-standard wheels to
your motorcycle, it is very import-
ant to consult a specialist work- Remove mounting bolts 4 from
10 shop beforehand, preferably an the left and right brake calipers.
authorised BMW Motorrad Re-
210 tailer. In some cases, the data
programmed into the control
units can be changed to suit the
new wheel sizes.
Maintenance

Removing front wheel

Make sure the ground is level
Remove screw 1 and remove
and firm and place the motor-
the wheel speed sensor from
cycle on its stand.
its bore.
Force brake pads 3 slightly
z apart by rocking brake caliper 4
back and forth against brake
disc 5.
Mask off the parts of the wheel
rim that could be scratched in
the process of removing the
brake calipers.

ATTENTION
Remove screws 1.
Disengage the cable for the Unwanted inward movement
Carefully swing the lower part
wheel speed sensor from hold- of the brake pads
of the front-wheel cover 2 in
ing clips 2 and 3. Component damage on attempt
the direction of the arrow.
to install the brake caliper or be-
cause brake pads have to be
forced apart 10
Do not operate the brakes with
a brake caliper not correctly 211
secured.
Carefully pull the brake calipers
back and out until clear of the

Maintenance
brake discs.

Place the motorcycle on a suit- Remove the axle screw 2. With the wheel suitably suppor-
able auxiliary stand. Loosen the left axle clamping ted, remove axle 4.
with centre stand OE screws 3. Do not remove the grease from
Make sure the ground is level the axle.
and firm and place the motor- Roll the front wheel forward to z
cycle on its centre stand. remove.
Raise front of motorcycle until
the front wheel can turn freely.
BMW Motorrad recommends
the BMW Motorrad front-wheel
stand for lifting the motorcycle.
Installing the front-wheel stand
( 197).
Loosen the right axle clamping
screws 1.
10 ATTENTION ATTENTION

212 Tightening threaded fasten- Front wheel installed wrong

ers to incorrect tightening way round
torque Risk of accident
Damage, or threaded fasteners Note direction-of-rotation ar-
work loose rows on tyre or rim.
Maintenance

Always have the security of Roll the front wheel into posi-
the fasteners checked by a tion between the forks, making
Remove spacer bush 5 from specialist workshop, preferably sure that the brake disc passes
the left-hand side of the wheel an authorised BMW Motorrad between the brake pads of the
hub. dealer. brake caliper on the left.
z Installing front wheel

WARNING
Use of a non-standard wheel
Malfunction as part of ABS and
ASC control interventions
See the information on the ef-
fect of wheel size on the ABS
and ASC systems at the start Slip spacer bushing 5 on to
of this chapter. the wheel hub on the left-hand Raise the front wheel and in-
side. sert axle 4 until seated.
Remove front-wheel stand and Tighten left-hand axle clamp-
firmly compress front forks sev- ing screws 3 to the specified 10
eral times. Do not operate the torque.
brake lever in this process. 213
Installing the front-wheel stand
( 197).

Maintenance
Tighten right-hand axle clamp-
ing screws 1 to torque.

Clamp of quick-release
z
axle
Install axle screw 2 and tighten Tightening sequence: Tighten
to the specified torque. screws six times in alternate
Counter-hold quick-release axle sequence
on the right-hand side.
19 Nm
Axle screw in quick-re-
lease axle, front

50 Nm
Before driving, check that the
10 brakes respond without delay.

214 Operate the brake several

times until the brake pads are
bedded.
Seat the cable for the wheel-
speed sensor in holding clips 2
Maintenance

and 3.

Tighten mounting bolts 4 of

Clamp of quick-release
the left and right brake calipers
axle
to the specified torque.
Tightening sequence: Tighten Brake caliper to tele-
z screws six times in alternate scopic fork
sequence
19 Nm 38 Nm
Remove the front-wheel stand. Remove the adhesive tape
from the wheel rim.
Position the right-hand brake Insert the wheel speed sensor
caliper on the brake disc. WARNING into the bore and tighten
screw 1 to the specified
Brake pads not lying against torque.
the brake disc
Risk of accident due to delayed
braking effect.
Wheel-speed sensor,
front, to fork leg
Front-wheel cover to
telescopic fork 10
215
Thread-locking compound: 3 Nm
micro-encapsulated
8 Nm Removing rear wheel
Make sure the ground is level

Maintenance
and firm and place the mo-
torcycle on a suitable auxiliary
stand. Press the brake caliper 1
with centre stand OE against the brake disc 2.
Make sure the ground is level Brake pistons are pushed back.
and firm and place the motor-
cycle on its centre stand. z

Position the lower part of the

front-wheel cover 2.
Install screws 1.
Front-wheel cover to
telescopic fork
Remove screw 3 and remove
Thread-locking compound: the wheel speed sensor from
micro-encapsulated its bore.
Roll the rear wheel back until it
10 is clear of the swinging arm.

216 NOTICE
The sprocket and the spacer
bushes on left and right are loose
fits in the wheel. Make sure that
Maintenance

these parts are not damaged or

get lost on removal.
Remove axle nut 4 and Remove quick-release axle 7
washer 5. and remove chain tensioner 8. Installing the rear wheel
Remove chain tensioner 6 and
push the axle in as far as it will WARNING
z go. Use of a non-standard wheel
Malfunction as part of ABS and
ASC control interventions
See the information on the ef-
fect of wheel size on the ABS
and ASC systems at the start
of this chapter.

Roll the rear wheel as far

forward as possible and
disengage chain 9 from the
sprocket.
the brake-caliper support and
ATTENTION the rear wheel. 10
Tightening threaded fasten- Make sure that the axle fits into
the recess of the chain ten- 217
ers to incorrect tightening
torque sioner.
Damage, or threaded fasteners
work loose

Maintenance
Always have the security of
the fasteners checked by a
specialist workshop, preferably Roll the rear wheel as far
an authorised BMW Motorrad forward as possible and loop
dealer. chain 7 over the sprocket.
Roll the rear wheel into the
z
swinging arm, making sure that
the brake disc passes between
Insert left-hand chain
the brake pads.
tensioner 4.
Install washer 3 and axle nut 2,
but do not tighten yet.

without centre stand OE

Remove the auxiliary stand.
Insert right-hand chain ten-
sioner 6 in the swinging arm
and fit quick-release axle 5 in
Risk of accident due to delayed
10 braking effect.
Before driving, check that the
218 brakes respond without delay.
After completing work, operate
the brake several times until
the brake pads are bedded.
Maintenance

Adjusting chain sag ( 231).

Insert the wheel speed sensor Unclip hose 1 from retaining
into the bore and tighten Air filter lugs 2.
screw 1 to the specified Removing air filter
torque. Removing the tank cover
z
Rear wheel speed sensor ( 222).
to brake-caliper support

Thread-locking compound:
micro-encapsulated
8 Nm

WARNING
Press and hold down button 3
Brake pads not lying against to unlock (arrow 1).
the brake disc Pull frame 4 out of the holder
(arrow 2).
10
219

Maintenance
Remove frame 4. Make sure that air filter 5 is Clip the hose 1 into the retain-
Remove air filter 5. correctly seated on lugs 6 on ing lugs 2.
frame 4.
Installing air filter Lighting
z
Replacing LED for low-
beam headlight and high-
beam headlight
The LED low-beam and high
beam headlight can be re-
placed only as a complete
unit. Consult a specialist work-
shop, preferably an authorised
Install the frame 4. BMW Motorrad dealer.
Install air filter 5 in frame 4.
Replacing LED for side without LED flashing turn indic-
10 light ator OE
The LED side light can only Place the motorcycle on its
220
be replaced as a complete stand on firm, even ground.
unit. Consult a specialist work- Switch off the ignition.
shop, preferably an authorised
BMW Motorrad dealer.
Maintenance

Replacing LED for brake

light and tail light Pull the glass out of the re-
The LED rear light can be flector housing at the threaded-
replaced only as a complete fastener side.
unit. Consult a specialist work-
z shop, preferably an authorised
BMW Motorrad dealer.
Remove the bolt 1.
Replacing bulbs for front
and rear turn indicators
with LED flashing turn indic-
ator OE
LED flashing turn indicators
can only be replaced as a com-
plete unit. Consult a specialist Remove bulb 2 from the light
workshop, preferably an author- housing by turning anti-clock-
ised BMW Motorrad Retailer. wise.
Replace the defective bulb. Replacing the licence
Bulbs for flashing turn plate bulb 10
indicators, front Place the motorcycle on its 221
stand on firm, even ground.
RY10W / 12 V / 10 W Switch off the ignition.
with LED flashing turn indic-
ator OE

Maintenance
LED
Use a clean, dry cloth to hold Working from the inboard side,
the new bulb in order to keep insert the glass into the light
the glass free of foreign matter. housing and close the housing.

Withdraw bulb socket 1 from

the bulb support.

Turn bulb 2 clockwise to install Fit screw 1.

it in the light housing.
Replacing the additional
10 headlight
222 with additional headlight OE

An additional headlight can

only be replaced as a complete
unit. Consult a specialist work-
shop, preferably an authorised
Maintenance

BMW Motorrad dealer.

Pull the bulb out of the bulb Insert the bulb into the socket.
socket. Body panels
Removing the tank cover
Replace the defective bulb.
Removing seat ( 124).
z Light source for the
number plate light

W5W / 12 V / 5 W
Use a clean, dry cloth to hold
the new bulb in order to keep
the glass free of foreign matter.
Insert bulb socket 1 into the
bulb support.

Remove screws 1 on left and

right.
Remove screws 2. gine by connecting leads to the
Remove the tank cover 3. on-board socket. 10
Installing tank cover 223
ATTENTION
Contact between crocodile
clips of jump leads and
vehicle

Maintenance
Risk of short-circuit
Use jump leads fitted with fully
Fit screws 2.
insulated crocodile clips at both
Fit screws 1. ends.
Installing seat ( 124).
ATTENTION z
Make sure that the six brack- Jump-starting
ets 2 engage in the retaining Jump-starting with a voltage
lugs 3 and the four connect- ATTENTION greater than 12 V
ors 5 engage in the mounting Damage to the on-board elec-
clips 4. Excessive current flowing tronics
Install the tank cover 1. when the motorcycle is
Make sure that the battery of
jump-started
the donor vehicle has a voltage
Wiring smoulders/ignites or dam- rating of 12 V.
age to the on-board electronics
If the motorcycle has to be Removing seat ( 124).
jump-started connect the leads When jump-starting the engine,
to the battery terminals; never do not disconnect the battery
attempt to jump-start the en-
from the on-board electrical ative terminal of the discharged lead from the positive termin-
10 system. battery (negative terminal on als.
this vehicle: position 3).
224 NOTICE
NOTICE
Do not use proprietary start-as-
The spring-strut screw can be sist sprays or other products to
used as an alternative to the bat- start the engine.
Maintenance

tery's negative terminal. Installing seat ( 124).

Run the engine of the donor
vehicle during jump-starting. Battery
Start the engine of the vehicle Maintenance instructions
Press in the lock and flip open with the discharged battery
Correct upkeep, recharging and
in the usual way; if the en-
z the positive terminal cover 1. storage will prolong the life of
gine does not start, wait a few
Begin by connecting one end the battery and are essential if
minutes before repeating the
of the red jump lead to the warranty claims are to be con-
attempt in order to protect the
positive terminal of the dis- sidered.
starter motor and the donor
charged battery and the other Compliance with the points be-
battery.
end to the positive terminal low is important in order to max-
of the donor battery (positive Allow both engines to idle for a
imise battery life:
terminal on this vehicle: posi- few minutes before disconnect-
ing the jump leads. Keep the surface of the battery
tion 2). clean and dry.
Then connect one end of the Disconnect the jump lead from
the negative terminals first, Do not open the battery.
black jump lead to the negative Do not top up with water.
terminal of the donor battery then disconnect the second
Be sure to read and comply
and the other end to the neg- with the instructions for char-
ging the battery on the follow- to disconnect the battery from Damage to charger and vehicle
ing pages. the motorcycle's on-board sys- electronics 10
Do not turn the battery upside tems. You can obtain additional Use suitable BMW chargers.
down. information from your authorised The suitable charger is 225
BMW Motorrad dealer. available from your authorised
BMW Motorrad dealer.
ATTENTION
Charging battery when
On-board electronics (e.g. connected ATTENTION

Maintenance
clock) draining connected Disconnect devices plugged
battery Recharging a fully
into the sockets.
Battery is deep-discharged; this discharged battery via the
voids the guarantee ATTENTION power socket or extra socket
Connect a float charger to the Damage to the vehicle electron-
Charging the battery that is ics
battery if the motorcycle is to
connected to the vehicle via z
remain out of use for more If a battery has discharged to
the battery terminals the extent that it is completely
than four weeks.
Damage to the on-board elec- flat (battery voltage less than
tronics 12 V, indicator lights and mul-
NOTICE
Disconnect the battery at tifunction display remain off
BMW Motorrad has developed a the battery terminals before when the ignition is switched
float charger specially designed charging. on) always charge the discon-
for compatibility with the elec- nected battery with the char-
tronics of your motorcycle. Us- ATTENTION ger connected directly to the
ing this charger, you can keep battery terminals.
Unsuitable chargers connec-
the battery charged during long Charge via the charging socket,
ted to a socket
periods of disuse, without having with the battery connected
to the motorcycle's on-board Charging a disconnected with anti-theft alarm (DWA) OE
10 electrical system. battery If applicable, switch off the anti-
Charge the battery using a theft alarm.
226 NOTICE
suitable charger. Switch off the ignition.
The motorcycle's on-board elec- Comply with the operating in-
tronics know when the battery structions of the charger.
is fully charged. The on-board After charging, disconnect the
Maintenance

socket is switched off when this charger's terminal clips from

happens. the battery terminals.

Comply with the operating in- NOTICE

structions of the charger.
The battery has to be recharged
z NOTICE at regular intervals in the course
of a lengthy period of disuse.
If you are unable to charge the See the instructions for caring
battery through the on-board for your battery. Always fully re- ATTENTION
socket, you may be using a char- charge the battery before restor-
ger that is not compatible with Battery not disconnected in
ing it to use.
your motorcycle's electronics. In accordance with correct pro-
this case, directly charge the bat- Removing battery cedure
tery at the terminals of the bat- Removing seat ( 124). Risk of short-circuit
tery that has been disconnected Make sure the ground is level Always proceed in compliance
from the vehicle. and firm and place the motor- with the specified disconnec-
cycle on its stand. tion sequence.
First disconnect negative bat- Switch off the ignition. Risk of short-circuit
tery cable 3. Insert the battery into the bat- Always proceed in compli- 10
Press in the lock and flip open tery compartment, with the ance with specified installation
positive terminal cover 1. positive terminal on the right sequence. 227
Then disconnect positive bat- in the direction of travel. Install the positive battery
tery cable 2. cable 2.
Remove the screws 4 on the Close positive terminal cover 1.
left and right and work the bat-

Maintenance
tery 5 holder forward until clear
of the battery.
Lift the battery up and out;
work it slightly back and forth
if it is difficult to remove.
z
Installing battery
Position the battery holder 5.
NOTICE
Install screws 4 on left and
If the vehicle has been discon- right. Fit the negative battery cable 3
nected from the battery for a sig- Press in lock and open the in alignment 6, paying attention
nificant time, the current date will positive terminal cover 1. to ensuring an adequate dis-
have to be entered in the instru- tance between negative battery
ment cluster to guarantee correct ATTENTION
cable and seat locking levers.
operation of the service display. Battery not connected in ac-
cordance with correct pro-
cedure
with anti-theft alarm (DWA) OE Replace fuses
10 If applicable, switch on the anti-
theft alarm.
228
Installing seat ( 124).
Setting the clock ( 103).

Fuses
Maintenance

Replacing main fuse

Replace faulty fuse 1.
ATTENTION
Switch off the ignition.
NOTICE
Jumpering of blown fuses Removing seat ( 124).
Risk of short-circuit and fire If fuse defects recur frequently Disconnect connector 1.
z
Never attempt to jumper a have the electric circuits checked
blown fuse. by a specialist workshop,
Always replace a defective fuse preferably an authorised
with a new fuse of the same BMW Motorrad dealer.
amperage.
Main fuse
Switch off the ignition.
Place the motorcycle on its
stand on firm, even ground. 40 A (Voltage regulator)
Removing seat ( 124). Installing seat ( 124).
preferably an authorised Motorcycle experiences malfunc-
BMW Motorrad dealer. tions 10
Only have the diagnostic con-
Fuse box nector loosened by a specialist 229
workshop or other authorised
persons during your next BMW
10 A (Slot 1: instrument Service appointment.
cluster, alarm system (DWA), Have the work performed by

Maintenance
ignition lock, diagnostic socket, appropriately trained staff.
main relay coil)
Refer to the vehicle manufac-
ATTENTION 7.5 A (Slot 2: multifunction turer specifications.
switch left, tyre pressure con-
Jumpering of blown fuses Removing seat ( 124).
trol (RDC))
Risk of short-circuit and fire Installing seat ( 124). z
Never attempt to jumper a
blown fuse. Diagnostic connector
Always replace a defective fuse
with a new fuse of the same Disengaging diagnostic
amperage. connector
Replace defective fuse 1 or 2 CAUTION
depending on assignment.
Incorrect procedure
NOTICE followed when loosening the
Press the locks 1 on either
If fuse defects recur frequently diagnostic connector for the
side.
have the electric circuits checked on-board diagnosis
by a specialist workshop,
Remove diagnostic Chain obtainable from your authorised
10 connector 2 from bracket 3.
Lubricating chain
BMW Motorrad dealer.
The interface to the diagnosis Wipe off excess lubricant.
230 and information system can be
ATTENTION
connected to the diagnostic Checking chain sag
connector 2. Inadequate cleaning and lub- Place the motorcycle on its
rication of the drive chain stand on firm, even ground.
Securing the diagnostic Accelerated wear
Maintenance

Turn the rear wheel until it

connector Clean and lubricate the drive reaches the position with the
Disconnect the interface for chain at regular intervals. lowest amount of chain sag.
the diagnosis and information
Lubricate the drive chain every
system.
800 km at the latest. Lubricate
the chain more frequently if
z the motorcycle is ridden in wet,
dusty or dirty conditions.

Switch the ignition off and se-

lect neutral.
Clean the drive chain with a
suitable cleaning product, dry it
and apply chain lubricant. Use a screwdriver to push the
chain up and down and meas-
Insert diagnostic connector 2 in NOTICE
ure difference A.
bracket 3. BMW Motorrad recommends
The locks 1 engage. that you use the chain cleaning
Installing seat ( 124). products and chain lubricants
Chain deflection Rear quick-release axle
in swinging arm 10
231
40...50 mm (Motorcycle with 100 Nm
no weight applied, supported
on its side stand)
with low-slung OE

Maintenance
35...45 mm (Motorcycle with
no weight applied, supported
Loosen the axle nut 1.
on its side stand)
Use the adjusting screws 3 on
If measured value is outside per- left and right to adjust chain
mitted tolerance: sag.
Adjusting chain sag ( 231). Checking chain sag ( 230). z
Adjusting chain sag Make sure that the scale read- Check that the washer 4 is
ings 2 are the same on left and lying flat against the screw
Place the motorcycle on its
right. head 3, correct as necessary.
stand on firm, even ground.
Tighten quick-release axle
nut 1 to the specified tight- Checking chain wear
ening torque. Requirement
Rear quick-release axle Chain tension is set correctly.
in swinging arm

Thread-locking compound:
mechanical
Turn the rear wheel in the for-
10 ward direction of travel and
measure chain length at 3 dif-
232 ferent points.
Maintenance

Make sure the ground is level Check whether a rivet head 1

and firm and place the motor- has twisted out of line.
cycle on its stand. Rivet heads are parallel to the
Check whether the third chain centreline 2.
z marker line 1 can be fully seen. Chain riveting is OK.
Check chain length if the third Permissible chain length
marker line 1 can be fully seen: If one or more rivet heads have
Engage 1st gear. twisted out of line:
Turn the rear wheel in the nor- max 144 mm (measured Consult a specialist workshop,
mal direction of travel until the centre to centre over 10 preferably an authorised
chain is tensioned. rivets, chain pulled taut) BMW Motorrad dealer.
If the chain has stretched to the
Measure the length of the
maximum permissible length:
chain, rivet centre to rivet
Consult a specialist workshop,
centre, over 10 rivets below
preferably an authorised
the rear wheel swinging arm.
BMW Motorrad dealer.
Accessories
General instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
11
233
Power sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Topcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Accessories
Navigation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

z
General instructions cessory products to establish Power sockets
11 that they are safe, functional and
Notes on use of power sockets:
CAUTION suitable. Consequently, BMW
234 accepts responsibility for the Automatic switch-off
Use of other-make products products. BMW accepts no li-
Safety risk Power sockets are shut down
ability whatsoever for parts and
automatically under the following
BMW Motorrad cannot exam- accessories that it has not ap-
circumstances:
ine or test each product of out- proved.
Accessories

side origin to ensure that it can If the battery charge state is

All modifications must be in com-
be used on or in connection too low to maintain the motor-
pliance with legal requirements.
with BMW vehicles without cycle's starting capability.
Make sure that the vehicle does
constituting a safety hazard. not infringe the national road- When the maximum load cap-
Country-specific official author- vehicle construction and use reg- ability as stated in the technical
z isation does not suffice as as- ulations applicable in your coun- data is exceeded.
surance. Tests conducted by try. During the starting operation.
these instances cannot make Your BMW Motorrad dealer can
Operating electrical
provision for all operating con- offer expert advice on the choice
accessories
ditions experienced by BMW of genuine BMW parts, accessor-
vehicles and, consequently, ies and other products. You can start using electrical
they are not sufficient in some To find out more about accessories connected to the
circumstances. accessories go to: motorcycle's sockets only when
Use only parts and accessor- the ignition is switched on. The
[Link]/equip-
ies approved by BMW for your accessory remains operational
ment
vehicle. if the ignition is subsequently
switched off. Approximately 15
BMW has conducted extens- minutes after ignition is turned
ive testing of the parts and ac- off, power sockets are switched
off to lessen the burden on the Cases Closing cases
vehicle electrical system.
with aluminium case OA 11
Low-wattage electrical accessor-
ies might not be recognised 235
Open cases
by the vehicle’s electronics. In
such cases, power sockets are
switched off very shortly after the
ignition is turned off.

Accessories
Cable routing
Note the following with regard to
the routing of cables from sock- Close the case lid.
ets to items of electrical equip- Position latch 1 on the lid.
ment: Push the lock housing 2 down, z
Make sure that cables do not Turn key 1 anticlockwise. ensuring that the latch engages
impede the rider. in the lid.
NOTICE Turn key 3 clockwise and with-
Make sure that cables do not
restrict the steering angle or draw to lock the lock.
The case lid can be opened at
obstruct handling. either the left or the right latch. Removing case lid
Make sure that cables cannot
Push the lock housing 2 up- Open cases ( 235).
be trapped.
wards to unlock the latch 3.
Pull the latch 3 to the rear and
open the lid.
Push the lock housing 2 to the
11 side to unlock the latch 3.
Pull the latch 3 to the side,
236 keeping hold of the case.
Pull case forwards to the stop
and remove to the side.

Install cases
Accessories

Detach lid retaining cable 1. Attach lid retaining cable 1.

Close the case lid. Close the case lid.
Undo second lock on case lid. Close second lock of the case
Remove the case lid. lid.
z
Install the case lid Removing cases
Place the case lid on the case.
Close one lock of the case lid.
Open case lid to the closed Place the case on the case
side. holder and push backwards so
that the mountings on the case
holder 1 and on the case 2
engage in each other.

Turn key 1 anticlockwise.

cannot find your combination of Opening topcase
vehicle and cases on the label. 11
The values for the combination
described here are as follows: 237

Maximum permissible
speed for riding with
cases fitted to the motorcycle

Accessories
max 160 km/h
Place the latch 1 on the case
Payload per case
holder, keeping hold of the Turn key 1 anticlockwise.
case. Push the lock housing 2 up-
Push the lock housing 2 to the max 8 kg wards to unlock the latch 3. z
side, ensuring that the latch Pull the latch 3 to the rear and
engages in the holder. Topcase open the lid.
Turn key clockwise and with-
draw. with aluminium topcase OA

Maximum payload and

maximum speed
Note the maximum permissible
payload and the speed limit for
riding with cases fitted, as stated
on the label inside the case.
Contact your authorised
BMW Motorrad Retailer if you
Closing topcase Removing the topcase Installing topcase
11
238

Accessories

Close topcase lid. Turn key 1 anticlockwise. Place the topcase on the top-
Position latch 1 on the lid. Push the lock housing 2 down- case holder and push forwards
z Push the lock housing 2 down, wards to unlock the latch 3. so that the mountings on the
ensuring that the latch engages Pull latch 3 to the rear. topcase holder 1 and on the
in the lid. First pull topcase to the rear topcase 2 engage in each
Turn key 3 clockwise and with- and then remove upwards. other.
draw to lock the lock.
cannot find your combination of Securing navigation
vehicle and topcase on the sign. device 11
The values for the combination
described here are as follows: 239
NOTICE
Maximum speed for rid- Navigation preparation is suit-
ing with a loaded top- able from BMW Motorrad Navig-
case ator IV.

Accessories
max 160 km/h
NOTICE
Position latch 3 on the topcase
Payload of topcase
support. The latching system of the
Push the lock housing 2 up, Mount Cradle is not designed to
ensuring that the latch engages max 5 kg protect against theft. z
around the support. Always remove the navigation
Turn key 1 clockwise and with- Navigation system system and stow it away safely
draw to lock the lock. as soon as you finish your ride.
with preparation for navigation
Maximum payload and system OE
maximum speed
Note the maximum permissible
payload and the speed limit for
riding with topcase fitted, as
stated on the label inside the
topcase.
Contact your authorised
BMW Motorrad dealer if you
Removing navigation
11 device and installing
240 cover

ATTENTION
Dust and dirt on the
Mount Cradle contacts
Accessories

Damaged contacts
Always reinstall the cover as
Turn ignition key 1 anti-clock- Insert the navigation device 1
soon as you finish your ride.
wise. at the bottom and swing it to-
Pull the lock retainer 2 to the wards the rear in one rotational
left. movement.
z
Press the lock 3 in. The navigation device is heard
Mount Cradle is unlocked and to engage.
cover 4 can be removed to the Push the lock retainer 2 all the
front in a swivelling motion. way to the right.
Lock 3 is locked.
Turn ignition key 4 clockwise.
The navigation device is se-
cured and the ignition key can Turn ignition key 1 anti-clock-
be removed. wise.
Pull the lock retainer 2 all the
way to the left.
Lock 3 is unlocked.
Push lock 3 all the way to the Operating navigation can be operated without the
left. system rider removing a hand from the 11
The navigation device 4 is un- handlebars.
locked. 241
NOTICE
Tilt the navigation device 4
downwards and remove. The description below is based
on the BMW Motorrad Navig-
ator V and the BMW Motorrad

Accessories
Navigator VI. The BMW Motorrad
Navigator IV does not support all
the options described here.

NOTICE
The navigation system is oper- z
Only the latest version of the ated using Multi-Controller 1 and
BMW Motorrad communication MENU rocker button 2.
Insert cover 1 in the lower sec- system is supported. A software
tion and swing to the top with update of the BMW Motorrad Turning Multi-Controller 1 up
a rotational movement. communication system may and down
be necessary. If this is the On the compass and
The cover engages with an
case, consult your authorised Mediaplayer page: increase
audible click.
BMW Motorrad dealer. or decrease the volume
Push lock retainer 2 to the
right. If the BMW Motorrad Navigator of a Bluetooth-connected
Turn ignition key 3 clockwise. is installed and the operating fo- BMW Motorrad communication
The cover 1 is secured. cus is switched to the Navigator system.
( 133), some of its functions
In the BMW special menu: select Long-push to the right to home address has been
11 menu item. activate this function. defined).
Mute: Switch automatic navig-
242 Short-tilting Multi- ation announcements off or on
Controller 1 to the left and Long-push to the left to
activate this function. (off: a crossed-out lips symbol
right appears in the top line of the
Switch between the main pages display). "Speak" will still activ-
of the Navigator: Pressing bottom section of ate navigation announcements.
Accessories

Map view rocker button MENU 2 All other acoustic outputs re-
Compass Switch operating focus to main switched on.
Mediaplayer Pure Ride view. Switch off display: Deactivate
BMW special menu the display.
My Motorcycle page In detail, the following functions Dial home number: Dials the
z can be controlled: home phone number saved in
Long-tilting Multi- Map view the Navigator (not shown un-
Controller 1 to the left and Turn up: Zoom in. less a telephone is connected).
right Turn down: Zoom out. Diversion: Activates the diver-
Activate certain functions on the sion function (not shown unless
BMW special menu a route is active).
Navigator display. An arrow to
the right or to the left above the Speak: Repeat most recent Skip: Skips the next waypoint
corresponding button area on the navigation announcement. (not shown unless the route
display indicates a function that Waypoint: Save current loca- has waypoints).
can be activated in this way. tion as a favourite.
Home: Starts navigation to My Motorcycle
home address (greyed if no Turn: Changes the number of
data shown.
Touch a data field on the Indicator and warning Touching the warning triangle
display to open the menu for messages when more than one warning 11
selecting data. is active opens a list of all the
The values available fr selection warnings. 243
depend on the optional extras Additional information appears as
installed on the vehicle. soon as a message is selected.

NOTICE

Accessories
NOTICE
Detailed information cannot be
The Mediaplayer function is displayed for all warnings.
only available when a Bluetooth
device complying with the A2DP Special functions
standard is used, for example a Indicator and warning messages
from the motorcycle are indic- Integration of the BMW Motorrad z
BMW Motorrad communication
ated by an appropriate symbol 1 Navigator has produced a num-
system.
which appears at the top left in ber of deviations from the de-
Mediaplayer the map view. scriptions in the operating in-
Long-push to the left: Play structions for the Navigator.
preceding track. NOTICE
Long-push to the right: Play Fuel reserve warning
If a BMW Motorrad commu- The settings for the fuel gauge
next track.
nication system is connected, are not available, because the re-
Turning increases or
warnings are accompanied by an serve fuel level warning is sent
decreases the volume of a
acoustic signal. by the vehicle to the Navigator.
BMW Motorrad communication
system connected via If there are two or more active When this message is displayed,
Bluetooth. warnings the number appears pressing the message will cause
below the warning triangle.
the next filling station to be dis- Navigator stores the VIN of this
11 played. vehicle.
A maximum of five VINs can be
244 Time and date saved in this way.
The Navigator sends the time Subsequently, the PIN does not
and date to the motorcycle. have to be entered when the
To allow transfer of the time Navigator is switched on by ig-
to the TFT display, the GPS nition ON while cradled in any of
Accessories

synchronisation function these vehicles.

must also be activated in the If the Navigator is removed from
Settings, System settings, the vehicle while switched on, a
Date and time menu. security prompt asking for the
PIN to be entered is issued.
z Security settings
The BMW Motorrad Navigator V Screen brightness
and the BMW Motorrad Navig- In the installed condition, the
ator VI can be secured against screen brightness is specified
unauthorised use with a four-digit by the motorcycle. No manual
PIN (Garmin Lock). If this func- input is necessary.
tion is activated while the Nav- If you prefer, you can switch off
igator is installed in the vehicle automatic adjustment n the Nav-
and the ignition is switched on, igator display settings.
you will be asked whether you
want to add this vehicle to the
list of secured vehicles. If you
answer "Yes" at this prompt the
Care
Care products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
12
245
Washing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Cleaning easily damaged compon-
ents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Care
Care of paintwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Vehicle preservation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 z
Laying up the motorcycle . . . . . . . . . . 248
Restoring motorcycle to use . . . . . . . 249
Care products light and do not wash it in the
12 BMW Motorrad recommends
ATTENTION sun.
Use of strongly acidic or Make sure that the vehicle is
246 that you use the cleaning
strongly alkaline cleaning washed frequently, especially
and care products you can
agents during the winter months.
obtain from your authorised
Damage to vehicle parts To remove road salt, clean the
BMW Motorrad dealer. The
Dilute in accordance with the motorcycle with cold water im-
substances in BMW Care
mediately after every trip.
Care

Products have been tested in dilution ratio stated on the

laboratories and in practice; packaging of the cleaning WARNING
z they provide optimised care and agent.
protection for the materials used Do not use strongly acidic Wet brake discs and brake
in your vehicle. or strongly alkaline cleaning pads after vehicle wash, after
agents. riding through water and in
ATTENTION rainy conditions
Use of unsuitable cleaning
Washing the vehicle Diminished braking effect, risk of
and care products BMW Motorrad recommends accident
Damage to vehicle parts that you use BMW insect re- Apply the brakes in good time
mover to soften and wash off to allow the friction and heat to
Do not use solvents such as
insects and stubborn dirt on dry the brake discs and brake
cellulose thinners, cold clean-
painted parts prior to washing pads.
ers, fuel or the like, and do
not use cleaning products that the vehicle.
contain alcohol. To prevent stains, do not wash ATTENTION
the vehicle immediately after it
Effect of road salt intensified
has been exposed to strong sun-
by warm water
Corrosion
Use only cold water to wash off Do not use cleaning agents TFT display
road salt. that contain alcohol, solvents or Clean the TFT display with warm 12
abrasives. water and washing-up liquid.
Do not use insect-remover 247
ATTENTION Then dry it with a clean cloth,
pads or cleaning pads with e.g. a paper towel.
Damage due to high water hard, scouring surfaces.
pressure from high pressure Chrome
cleaners or steam cleaners Body panels Carefully clean chrome sections

Care
Corrosion or short circuit, dam- Clean trim panel components with a generous amount of water
age to labels, seals, hydraulic with water and BMW Motorrad z
and motorcycle cleaner from the
brake system, electrical system solvent cleaner. care series BMW Motorrad Care
and the motorcycle seat
Products. This applies especially
Exercise restraint when using Plastic windscreens and
where road salt has been in use.
a steam jet or high pressure headlight lenses
For an additional treatment, use
cleaning equipment. Remove dirt and insects with
BMW Motorrad metal polish.
a soft sponge and generous
Cleaning easily amounts of water. Radiator
damaged components NOTICE Clean the radiator regularly to
Plastics prevent overheating of the en-
Soften stubborn dirt and insects gine due to inadequate cooling.
ATTENTION by covering the affected areas For example, use a garden hose
with a wet cloth. with low water pressure.
Use of unsuitable cleaning
agents ATTENTION
Damage to plastic surfaces
Bending of radiator fins
Damage to radiator fins pollution or natural contamination, Vehicle preservation
12 Take care not to bend the radi- for example tree resin or pollen.
If water no longer rolls off the
ator fins when cleaning. Particularly aggressive materials,
248 paint, the paint must be pre-
however, should be removed
served.
Rubber immediately, otherwise changes
For paint preservation,
Treat rubber components with to or discolouration of the paint
BMW Motorrad recommends
water or BMW rubber-care can result. These include, for
the use of BMW Motorrad gloss
products. example, spilled fuel, oil, grease,
Care

polish or agents containing

brake fluid or bird excrement.
carnauba wax or synthetic wax.
z ATTENTION For this, we recommend
BMW Motorrad solvent cleaner
Application of silicone sprays
followed by BMW Motorrad gloss
Laying up the
to rubber seals motorcycle
polish for preservation.
Damage to the rubber seals
Contamination of the paint Cleaning the motorcycle.
Do not use silicone sprays surface can be seen particularly
or care products that contain clearly after a vehicle wash. Fill the motorcycle's fuel tank.
silicon. These areas should be cleaned
Removing battery ( 226).
immediately using benzine or
Care of paintwork spirit, applied with a clean cloth
Spray the brake and clutch
lever pivots and the main and
The long-term effects of mater- or cotton pad. BMW Motorrad
side stand pivots with a suit-
ials that are damaging to paint recommends that tar spots
able lubricant.
can be prevented by regular be removed using BMW tar
vehicle washes, particularly if remover. The paint should then Preserve bright metal and
your vehicle is ridden in areas be preserved in these areas. chrome-plated parts with an
susceptible to high levels of air acid-free grease (e.g. Vaseline).
Stand the motorcycle in a dry
room in such a way that there 12
is no load on either wheel
(preferably using the front- 249
wheel and rear-wheel stand
from BMW Motorrad).

Restoring motorcycle

Care
to use
z
Remove the protective wax
coating.
Cleaning the motorcycle.

Installing battery ( 227).

Comply with checklist ( 167).
12
250

Care

z
Technical data
Troubleshooting chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Performance figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
13
251
Screw connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Fuel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Technical data
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Final drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
z
Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Chassis and suspension . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Troubleshooting chart
13 The engine does not start:
252 Possible cause Rectification
Side stand extended and gear engaged Engage neutral or fold in the side stand.
Gear engaged and clutch not disengaged Select neutral or pull the clutch lever.
Technical data

No fuel in tank Refuel.

Battery flat Charge battery when connected.
Overheating protection for starter motor has been Allow the starter motor to cool down for
activated. Starter motor can only be operated for approx. 1 minute before using it again.
a limited period of time.
The Bluetooth connection is not established.
z
Possible cause Rectification
The steps required for pairing were not carried Check the necessary steps for pairing in the oper-
out. ating instructions for the communication system.
The communication system was not connected Switch off the helmet's communication system
automatically despite successful pairing. and reconnect it after a minute or two.
Too many Bluetooth devices are saved on the All pairing entries on the helmet are deleted (see
helmet. the communication system operating instructions).
There are other vehicles with Bluetooth-capable Avoid simultaneously pairing with more vehicles.
devices in the vicinity.
Bluetooth connection is interrupted.
Possible cause Rectification 13
253
The Bluetooth connection to the mobile end Switch off energy saving mode.
device is interrupted.
The Bluetooth connection to the helmet is inter- Switch off the helmet's communication system
rupted. and reconnect it after a minute or two.

Technical data
The volume in the helmet cannot be adjusted. Switch off the helmet's communication system
and reconnect it after a minute or two.
The telephone book is not displayed in the TFT display.
Possible cause Rectification
The phone book was not transmitted to the Confirm transmission of the phone data ( 148)
vehicle. when pairing the mobile device.
z
Active route guidance is not displayed in the TFT display.
Possible cause Rectification
Navigation from the BMW Motorrad Connec- The BMW Motorrad Connected App is opened on
ted App was not transmitted. the connected mobile end device prior to depar-
ture.
The route guidance cannot be started. Secure the mobile device's data connection and
check the map data on the mobile end device.
Screw connections
13 Front wheel Value Valid
254
Wheel-speed sensor, front, to
fork leg
M6 x 16, Replace screw 8 Nm
micro-encapsulated
Technical data

Front-wheel cover to telescopic

fork
M6 x 16, Replace screw 3 Nm
micro-encapsulated
Front-wheel cover to telescopic
z fork
M6 x 16, Replace screw 3 Nm
micro-encapsulated
Brake caliper to telescopic fork
M10 x 45 38 Nm
Clamp of quick-release axle
M8 x 35 Tightening sequence: Tighten screws
six times in alternate sequence
19 Nm
Front wheel Value Valid
Axle screw in quick-release
13
axle, front 255
M20 x 1.5 50 Nm
Rear wheel Value Valid

Technical data
Rear wheel speed sensor to
brake-caliper support
M6 x 16, Replace screw 8 Nm
micro-encapsulated
Rear quick-release axle in
swinging arm
z
M24 x 1.5 100 Nm
mechanical
Mirror arm Value Valid
Mirror (lock nut) to clamping
piece
M10 x 1.25 Left-hand thread, 22 Nm
Adapter to clamping block
M10 x 14 - 4.8 25 Nm
Fuel
13 Recommended fuel grade Premium unleaded (maximum 15% ethanol,
256 E15)
95 ROZ/RON
90 AKI
Fuel level approx. 23 l
Technical data

Reserve fuel approx. 3.5 l

Fuel consumption 4.1 l/100 km, according to WMTC
CO2 emission 98 g/km, according to WMTC
Exhaust emissions standard EU 4

z Engine oil
Engine oil, capacity approx. 3.0 l, with filter change
Specification SAE 5W-40, API SJ / JASO MA2, Additives
(e.g. molybdenum-based) are not permissible
because they can attack coated components
of the engine, BMW Motorrad recommends
BMW Motorrad ADVANTEC Ultimate oil.

BMW recommends
Oil additives BMW Motorrad recommends not using oil ad-
ditives, because they can have a detrimental ef- 13
fect on clutch operation. Do ask your authorised 257
BMW Motorrad Retailer for the engine oils suit-
able for your motorcycle.

BMW recommends

Technical data
Engine
Engine number location Top right of crankcase
Engine type A24A08A
Engine design Water-cooled 2-cylinder four-stroke engine with
four valves per cylinder operated via rocker arms, z
two overhead camshafts and dry-sump lubrication
Displacement 853 cm3
Cylinder bore 84 mm
Piston stroke 77 mm
Compression ratio 12.7:1
Nominal capacity 70 kW, at engine speed: 8250 min-1
with power reduction to 35 kW OE 35 kW, at engine speed: 6500 min-1
13 Torque
with power reduction to 35 kW OE
92 Nm, at engine speed: 6250 min-1
63 Nm, at engine speed: 4500 min-1
258
Maximum engine speed max 9000 min-1
Idle speed 1250 min-1, Engine at regular operating tempera-
ture
Technical data

Clutch
Clutch type Multiplate oil-bath clutch (anti-hopping)

Transmission
Type of transmission Claw-shifted 6-speed manual gearbox integrated
z in the engine housing
Gearbox transmission ratios 1.821, Primary transmission ratio
1:2.833, 1st gear
1:2.067, 2nd gear
1:1.600, 3rd gear
1:1.308, 4th gear
1:1.103, 5th gear
1:0.968, 6th gear
Final drive
Type of final drive Chain drive
13
259
Type of rear suspension Double arm aluminium swinging arm
Final drive, number of teeth (Pinion / sprocket) 17/44

Frame

Technical data
Frame type Bridge-type steel frame in shell construction
Type plate location Frame, front left at steering head
Position of the vehicle identification number Frame, front right by steering head

Chassis and suspension

z
Front wheel
Type of front suspension Upside-down telescopic fork
Spring travel, front 230 mm, at front wheel
with low-slung OE 210 mm, at front wheel
13 Rear wheel
Type of rear suspension Double arm aluminium swinging arm
260
Type of rear-wheel suspension Central spring strut with coil spring, adjustable
rebound stage damping and spring preload
Spring travel at rear wheel 215 mm, at rear wheel
with low-slung OE 195 mm, at rear wheel
Technical data

Brakes
Front wheel
Type of front brake Hydraulically operated twin disc brake with 2-pis-
ton floating calipers and floating brake discs
z Brake-pad material, front Sintered metal
Brake disc thickness, front 4.5 mm, When new
min 4.0 mm, Wear limit
Play of brake controls (Front brake) 0.7...1.7 mm, measured on the piston
Rear wheel
Type of rear brake Hydraulically operated disc brake with 1-piston
13
floating caliper and fixed disc 261
Brake-pad material, rear Organic material
Brake disc thickness, rear 5.0 mm, When new
min 4.5 mm, Wear limit

Technical data
Blow-by clearance of the footbrake lever 1.9...2.1 mm, On the limit position for the foot-
brake lever on the footrest plate.

Wheels and tyres

Recommended tyre combinations An overview of currently approved tyres is avail-
able from your authorised BMW Motorrad Retailer z
or on the Internet at [Link].
Speed category, front/rear tyres V, required at least: 240 km/h
13 Front wheel
Front-wheel type Cross-spoked wheel
262
Front-wheel rim size 2.15" x 21" MTH2
Tyre designation, front 90/90-21
Load index, front tyre 54
Permissible front-wheel imbalance max 5 g
Technical data

Balance weight for front wheel (One half of the max 80 g

weights must be attached to the left and the
other half to the right of the wheel rim)
Rear wheel
Rear-wheel type Cross-spoked wheel
z Rear wheel rim size 4.25" x 17" MTH2
Tyre designation, rear 150/70 R 17
Load index, rear tyre 69
Permissible rear-wheel imbalance max 45 g
Balance weight for the rear wheel (One half of max 80 g
the weights must be attached to the left and the
other half to the right of the wheel rim)
Tyre pressure
Tyre pressure, front 2.2 bar, One-up, tyre cold
13
2.5 bar, Two-up and/or with luggage, tyre cold 263
Tyre pressure, rear 2.5 bar, One-up, tyre cold
2.9 bar, Two-up and/or with luggage, tyre cold

Electrical system

Technical data
Main fuse 40 A, Voltage regulator
Fuse box 10 A, Slot 1: instrument cluster, alarm system
(DWA), ignition lock, diagnostic socket, main relay
coil
7.5 A, Slot 2: multifunction switch left, tyre pres-
sure control (RDC) z
Fuses All circuits are protected electronically. If a circuit
has been switched off by the electronic fuse, the
circuit is once again active after having switched
on the ignition and as soon as the activating fault
has been eliminated.
Electrical rating of on-board sockets 5A
13 Battery
Battery type AGM battery (Absorbent Glass Mat)
264
Battery rated voltage 12 V
Battery rated capacity 10 Ah
Battery type (For Keyless Ride radio-operated
key)
Technical data

with Keyless Ride OE CR 2032

Spark plugs
Spark plugs, manufacturer and designation NGK LMAR8J-9E
Light source
Bulb for high-beam headlight LED
z
Bulbs for the low-beam headlight LED
Bulb for parking light LED
Bulb for tail light/brake light LED
Light source for the number plate light W5W / 12 V / 5 W
Bulbs for flashing turn indicators, front RY10W / 12 V / 10 W
with LED flashing turn indicator OE LED
Bulbs for flashing turn indicators, rear RY10W / 12 V / 10 W
with LED flashing turn indicator OE LED
Dimensions
Length of motorcycle 2300 mm, over number-plate carrier
13
265
with low-slung OE 2290 mm, over number-plate carrier
Height of motorcycle 1437...1492 mm, over windscreen at DIN unladen
weight
with low-slung OE 1395...1450 mm, over windscreen at DIN unladen

Technical data
weight
Width of motorcycle 999 mm, with cases
939 mm, with hand protector
Height of rider's seat 875 mm, Without rider, at DIN unladen weight
with seat, low OE 835 mm, Without rider, at DIN unladen weight
with low-slung OE 815 mm, Without rider, at DIN unladen weight z
with seat, low OE
Rider's inside-leg arc, heel to heel 1950 mm, Without rider, at DIN unladen weight
with seat, low OE 1870 mm, Without rider, at DIN unladen weight
with low-slung OE 1830 mm, Without rider, at DIN unladen weight
with seat, low OE
Weights
13 Vehicle kerb weight 244 kg, DIN unladen weight, ready for road, 90%
266 load of fuel, without optional extras
Permissible gross vehicle weight 455 kg
Maximum payload 211 kg
Technical data

Performance figures
Top speed 197 km/h
192 km/h
with case OA 160 km/h
with topcase OA 160 km/h
z
Service
BMW Motorrad Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
14
267
BMW Motorrad Service history . . . . 268
BMW Motorrad mobility
services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Service
Maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
z
Maintenance confirmations . . . . . . . . 272
Service confirmations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
BMW Motorrad Service specialist workshop, preferably BMW Motorrad Service
14 BMW Motorrad has an extensive
an authorised BMW Motorrad history
dealer.
268 network of dealerships in place Entries
to look after you and your motor- In order to help ensure that your Maintenance work that has been
cycle in more than 100 countries. BMW is always in optimum carried out is entered in the proof
Authorised BMW Motorrad Re- condition, BMW Motorrad of maintenance. The entries
tailers have the technical inform- recommends compliance with are like a Service Booklet and
Service

ation and the technical know- the maintenance intervals provide proof of regular mainten-
how to reliably carry out all main- specified for your motorcycle. ance.
tenance and repair work on your Have all maintenance and re- If an entry is made in the
z BMW. pair work that is carried out con- electronic service booklet of the
You can locate your nearest au- firmed in the "Service" chapter in vehicle, service-relevant data is
thorised BMW Motorrad Retailer this manual. For generous treat- saved in the central IT systems
by visiting our website: ment of claims submitted after of BMW AG, Munich.
[Link] the warranty period has expired, If there is a change in vehicle
evidence of regular maintenance owner, the data saved in the
WARNING
is essential. electronic service booklet can
Maintenance and repair work also be viewed by the new
not in compliance with cor- Your authorised BMW Motorrad vehicle owner. A BMW Motorrad
rect procedure Retailer can provide informa- Retailer or a specialist workshop
Risk of accident due to con- tion on BMW services and the can also view data that is stored
sequential damage work undertaken as part of each in the electronic service booklet.
BMW Motorrad recommends service.
having work of this nature car-
ried out on the vehicle by a
Objection Find out from your authorised For riders with a high mileage
The vehicle owner can object BMW Motorrad Retailer which it may be necessary to have 14
to entries being made by the mobility services are offered. a service before the specified
deadline. In this case, a corres- 269
BMW Motorrad Retailer or a spe-
cialist workshop in the electronic Maintenance work ponding maximum mileage is
service booklet along with the BMW pre-delivery check entered in the service confirm-
corresponding storage of data in ation. If this mileage is reached
Your authorised BMW Motorrad before the next service deadline,
the vehicle and transfer of data

Service
Retailer conducts the BMW pre- the service must be brought for-
to the vehicle manufacturer for
delivery check before handing ward.
the period of time that they are
over the vehicle to you.
the vehicle owner. In this in- z
stance, no entry is made in the The Service Interval Indicator
BMW Running-in Check in the display reminds you
electronic service booklet of the
The BMW running-in check must about one month or 1000 km
vehicle.
be carried out between 500 km in advance when the time for a
and 1200 km. service is approaching, on the
BMW Motorrad mobility
basis of the programmed values.
services BMW Service
If you have a new BMW motor- The BMW Service is carried out To find out more about service,
cycle, you are protected by vari- once a year. The scope of the go to:
ous of the BMW Motorrad mo- service depends on the age of [Link]/service
bility services in the event of a the vehicle and the mileage rid-
breakdown (e.g. BMW break- den. Your BMW Motorrad Re- The scope of maintenance work
down assistance, breakdown re- tailer will confirm the service that required for your vehicle can be
covery, vehicle transport). has been carried out for you and found in the following mainten-
will enter the deadline for the ance schedule:
next service.
z
Service
270
14
Maintenance schedule
1 BMW Running-in check 14
2 BMW Service, standard 271
scope
3 Engine-oil change, with
filter
4 Check valve clearances

Service
5 Replace all spark plugs
6 Replace air filter insert
7 Check or replace air filter
insert z
8 Oil change in the tele-
scopic forks
9 Change brake fluid, entire
system
a annually or every
10000 km (whichever
comes first)
b if vehicle is used off-
road, annually or every
10000 km (whichever
comes first)
c for the first time after one
year, then every two years
Maintenance confirmations
14 BMW Service standard scope
272 The repair tasks in the BMW Service standard scope are listed below. The actual scope of maintenance
work applicable for your vehicle may vary.
Performing vehicle test with BMW Motorrad diagnostic system
Check coolant level
Checking/adjusting clutch play
Service

Checking front brake pads and brake discs for wear

Checking rear brake pads and brake disc for wear
z Checking the brake fluid level, front and rear
Visual inspection of the brake lines, brake hoses and connections
Checking spoke tension, adjusting if necessary
Checking tyre pressure and tread depth
Checking and lubricating the chain drive
Check the side stand's ease of movement
Check the centre stand's ease of movement
Checking steering-head bearing
Check lighting and signalling system
Function test, engine start suppression
Final inspection and check for road safety
Setting service date and remaining distance with BMW Motorrad diagnosis system
Checking battery state of charge
Confirming BMW service in on-board literature
BMW pre-delivery
check
BMW Running-in
Check
14
carried out carried out 273

at at
at km

Next service

Service
at the latest
at
or, when reached earlier z
at km

Stamp, signature Stamp, signature

14
BMW Service Work performed
274
carried out Yes No
BMW Service
at
Oil change, engine, with filter
at km
Checking valve clearance
Service

Next service Renewing all spark plugs

Renewing air cleaner insert
at the latest
Checking or replacing air filter element
at
z or, when reached earlier
(for maintenance)
Oil change in telescopic front forks
at km Change brake fluid in entire system

Notes

Stamp, signature
14
BMW Service Work performed
275
carried out Yes No
BMW Service
at
Oil change, engine, with filter
at km
Checking valve clearance

Service
Next service Renewing all spark plugs
Renewing air cleaner insert
at the latest
Checking or replacing air filter element
at
or, when reached earlier
(for maintenance) z
Oil change in telescopic front forks
at km Change brake fluid in entire system

Notes

Stamp, signature
14
BMW Service Work performed
276
carried out Yes No
BMW Service
at
Oil change, engine, with filter
at km
Checking valve clearance
Service

Next service Renewing all spark plugs

Renewing air cleaner insert
at the latest
Checking or replacing air filter element
at
z or, when reached earlier
(for maintenance)
Oil change in telescopic front forks
at km Change brake fluid in entire system

Notes

Stamp, signature
14
BMW Service Work performed
277
carried out Yes No
BMW Service
at
Oil change, engine, with filter
at km
Checking valve clearance

Service
Next service Renewing all spark plugs
Renewing air cleaner insert
at the latest
Checking or replacing air filter element
at
or, when reached earlier
(for maintenance) z
Oil change in telescopic front forks
at km Change brake fluid in entire system

Notes

Stamp, signature
14
BMW Service Work performed
278
carried out Yes No
BMW Service
at
Oil change, engine, with filter
at km
Checking valve clearance
Service

Next service Renewing all spark plugs

Renewing air cleaner insert
at the latest
Checking or replacing air filter element
at
z or, when reached earlier
(for maintenance)
Oil change in telescopic front forks
at km Change brake fluid in entire system

Notes

Stamp, signature
14
BMW Service Work performed
279
carried out Yes No
BMW Service
at
Oil change, engine, with filter
at km
Checking valve clearance

Service
Next service Renewing all spark plugs
Renewing air cleaner insert
at the latest
Checking or replacing air filter element
at
or, when reached earlier
(for maintenance) z
Oil change in telescopic front forks
at km Change brake fluid in entire system

Notes

Stamp, signature
14
BMW Service Work performed
280
carried out Yes No
BMW Service
at
Oil change, engine, with filter
at km
Checking valve clearance
Service

Next service Renewing all spark plugs

Renewing air cleaner insert
at the latest
Checking or replacing air filter element
at
z or, when reached earlier
(for maintenance)
Oil change in telescopic front forks
at km Change brake fluid in entire system

Notes

Stamp, signature
14
BMW Service Work performed
281
carried out Yes No
BMW Service
at
Oil change, engine, with filter
at km
Checking valve clearance

Service
Next service Renewing all spark plugs
Renewing air cleaner insert
at the latest
Checking or replacing air filter element
at
or, when reached earlier
(for maintenance) z
Oil change in telescopic front forks
at km Change brake fluid in entire system

Notes

Stamp, signature
14
BMW Service Work performed
282
carried out Yes No
BMW Service
at
Oil change, engine, with filter
at km
Checking valve clearance
Service

Next service Renewing all spark plugs

Renewing air cleaner insert
at the latest
Checking or replacing air filter element
at
z or, when reached earlier
(for maintenance)
Oil change in telescopic front forks
at km Change brake fluid in entire system

Notes

Stamp, signature
14
BMW Service Work performed
283
carried out Yes No
BMW Service
at
Oil change, engine, with filter
at km
Checking valve clearance

Service
Next service Renewing all spark plugs
Renewing air cleaner insert
at the latest
Checking or replacing air filter element
at
or, when reached earlier
(for maintenance) z
Oil change in telescopic front forks
at km Change brake fluid in entire system

Notes

Stamp, signature
14
BMW Service Work performed
284
carried out Yes No
BMW Service
at
Oil change, engine, with filter
at km
Checking valve clearance
Service

Next service Renewing all spark plugs

Renewing air cleaner insert
at the latest
Checking or replacing air filter element
at
z or, when reached earlier
(for maintenance)
Oil change in telescopic front forks
at km Change brake fluid in entire system

Notes

Stamp, signature
14
BMW Service Work performed
285
carried out Yes No
BMW Service
at
Oil change, engine, with filter
at km
Checking valve clearance

Service
Next service Renewing all spark plugs
Renewing air cleaner insert
at the latest
Checking or replacing air filter element
at
or, when reached earlier
(for maintenance) z
Oil change in telescopic front forks
at km Change brake fluid in entire system

Notes

Stamp, signature
Service confirmations
14 The table is used to verify maintenance and repair work as well as installed optional accessories and pur-
286 chased special promotions.
Work performed at km Date
Service

z
Work performed at km Date
14
287

Service
z
z
Service
288
14
Appendix
Declaration of conformity for elec- Declaration of conformity for anti-
15
tronic immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 theft alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 289

Certificate for electronic immobil-

iser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Declaration of conformity for Key-

Appendix
less Ride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Certificate for Keyless Ride . . . . . . . . 303
Declaration of conformity for tyre z
pressure control (RDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Certificate for tyre pressure control
(RDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Declaration of conformity for TFT
instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Certificate for TFT instrument
cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Declaration of conformity for intelli-
gent emergency call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Declaration of Conformity Austria
Hiermit erklärt BECOM Electronics GmbH, dass
Radio equipment electronic immobiliser der Funkanlagentyp EWS4 der Richtlinie
(EWS) 2014/53/EU entspricht.
Der vollständige Text der EU-
Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity acc. Konformitätserklärung ist unter der folgenden
Radio Equipment Directive 2014/53/EU after Internetadresse verfügbar:
12.06.2016 and during transition period [Link]

Belgium
Le soussigné, BECOM Electronics GmbH,
déclare que l'équipement radioélectrique du type
EWS4 est conforme à la directive 2014/53/UE.
Le texte complet de la déclaration UE de
Technical information conformité est disponible à l'adresse internet
Frequency Band: 134 kHz suivante:[Link]
(Transponder: TMS37145 / TypeDST80,
TMS3705 Transponder Base Station IC) Bulgaria
Output Power : 50 dBµV/m С настоящото BECOM Electronics GmbH
декларира, че този тип радиосъоръжение
Manufacturer and Address EWS4 е в съответствие с Директива
Manufacturer: BECOM Electronics GmbH 2014/53/ЕС.
Adress: Technikerstraße 1, A-7442 Hochstraß Цялостният текст на ЕС декларацията за
съответствие може да се намери на следния
интернет адрес:
[Link]
Cyprus Denmark
Με την παρούσα ο/η BECOM Electronics GmbH, Hermed erklærer BECOM Electronics GmbH, at
δηλώνει ότι ο ραδιοεξοπλισμός EWS4 πληροί την radioudstyrstypen EWS4 er i overensstemmelse
οδηγία 2014/53/ΕΕ. med direktiv 2014/53/EU.
Το πλήρες κείμενο της δήλωσης συμμόρφωσης EU-overensstemmelseserklæringens fulde tekst
ΕΕ διατίθεται στην ακόλουθη ιστοσελίδα στο kan findes på følgende internetadresse:
διαδίκτυο: [Link] [Link]

Czech Republic Estonia

Tímto BECOM Electronics GmbH prohlašuje, že Käesolevaga deklareerib BECOM Electronics
typ rádiového zařízení EWS4 je v souladu se GmbH, et käesolev raadioseadme tüüp EWS4
směrnicí 2014/53/EU. vastab direktiivi 2014/53/EL nõuetele.
Úplné znění EU prohlášení o shodě je k dispozici ELi vastavusdeklaratsiooni täielik tekst on
na této internetové adrese: kättesaadav järgmisel internetiaadressil:
[Link] [Link]

Germany Spain
Hiermit erklärt BECOM Electronics GmbH, dass Por la presente, BECOM Electronics GmbH
der Funkanlagentyp EWS4 der Richtlinie declara que el tipo de equipo radioeléctrico EWS4
2014/53/EU entspricht. es conforme con la Directiva 2014/53/UE.
Der vollständige Text der EU- El texto completo de la declaración UE de
Konformitätserklärung ist unter der folgenden conformidad está disponible en la dirección
Internetadresse verfügbar: Internet siguiente:
[Link] [Link]
Finland Greece
BECOM Electronics GmbH vakuuttaa, että Με την παρούσα ο/η BECOM Electronics GmbH,
radiolaitetyyppi EWS4 on direktiivin 2014/53/EU δηλώνει ότι ο ραδιοεξοπλισμός EWS4 πληροί την
mukainen. οδηγία 2014/53/ΕΕ.
EU-vaatimustenmukaisuusvakuutuksen Το πλήρες κείμενο της δήλωσης συμμόρφωσης
täysimittainen teksti on saatavilla seuraavassa ΕΕ διατίθεται στην ακόλουθη ιστοσελίδα στο
internetosoitteessa: διαδίκτυο: [Link]
[Link]
Croatia
France BECOM Electronics GmbH ovime izjavljuje da je
Le soussigné, BECOM Electronics GmbH, radijska oprema tipa EWS4 u skladu s Direktivom
déclare que l'équipement radioélectrique du type 2014/53/EU.
EWS4 est conforme à la directive 2014/53/UE. Cjeloviti tekst EU izjave o sukladnosti dostupan je
Le texte complet de la déclaration UE de na sljedećoj internetskoj adresi:
conformité est disponible à l'adresse internet [Link]
suivante: [Link]
Hungary
United Kingdom BECOM Electronics GmbH igazolja, hogy a EWS4
Hereby, BECOM Electronics GmbH declares that típusú rádióberendezés megfelel a 2014/53/EU
the radio equipment type EWS4 is in compliance irányelvnek.
with Directive 2014/53/EU. Az EU-megfelelőségi nyilatkozat teljes szövege
The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is elérhető a következő internetes címen:
available at the following internet address: [Link]
[Link]
Ireland Luxembourg
Hereby, BECOM Electronics GmbH declares that Le soussigné, BECOM Electronics GmbH,
the radio equipment type EWS4 is in compliance déclare que l'équipement radioélectrique du type
with Directive 2014/53/EU. EWS4 est conforme à la directive 2014/53/UE.
The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is Le texte complet de la déclaration UE de
available at the following internet address: conformité est disponible à l'adresse internet
[Link] suivante: [Link]

Italy Latvia
Il fabbricante, BECOM Electronics GmbH, Ar šo BECOM Electronics GmbH deklarē, ka
dichiara che il tipo di apparecchiatura radio EWS4 radioiekārta EWS4 atbilst Direktīvai 2014/53/ES.
è conforme alla direttiva 2014/53/UE. Pilns ES atbilstības deklarācijas teksts ir pieejams
Il testo completo della dichiarazione di conformità šādā interneta vietnē:
UE è disponibile al seguente indirizzo Internet: [Link]
[Link]
Malta
Lithuania B'dan, BECOM Electronics GmbH, niddikjara li
Aš, BECOM Electronics GmbH, patvirtinu, kad dan it-tip ta' tagħmir tar-radju EWS4 huwa
radijo įrenginių tipas EWS4 atitinka Direktyvą konformi mad-Direttiva 2014/53/UE.
2014/53/ES. It-test kollu tad-dikjarazzjoni ta' konformità tal-UE
Visas ES atitikties deklaracijos tekstas prieinamas huwa disponibbli f'dan l-indirizz tal-Internet li ġej:
šiuo interneto adresu: [Link]
[Link]
Netherlands Romania
Hierbij verklaar ik, BECOM Electronics GmbH, dat Prin prezenta, BECOM Electronics GmbH declară
het type radioapparatuur EWS4 conform is met că tipul de echipamente radio EWS4 este în
Richtlijn 2014/53/EU. conformitate cu Directiva 2014/53/UE.
De volledige tekst van de EU- Textul integral al declarației UE de conformitate
conformiteitsverklaring kan worden geraadpleegd este disponibil la următoarea adresă internet:
op het volgende internetadres: [Link]
[Link]
Sweden
Poland Härmed försäkrar BECOM Electronics GmbH att
BECOM Electronics GmbH niniejszym oświadcza, denna typ av radioutrustning EWS4
że typ urządzenia radiowego EWS4 jest zgodny z överensstämmer med direktiv 2014/53/EU.
dyrektywą 2014/53/UE. Den fullständiga texten till EU-försäkran om
Pełny tekst deklaracji zgodności UE jest dostępny överensstämmelse finns på följande webbadress:
pod następującym adresem internetowym: [Link]
[Link]
Slovenia
Portugal BECOM Electronics GmbH potrjuje, da je tip
O(a) abaixo assinado(a) BECOM Electronics radijske opreme EWS4 skladen z Direktivo
GmbH declara que o presente tipo de 2014/53/EU.
equipamento de rádio EWS4 está em Celotno besedilo izjave EU o skladnosti je na voljo
conformidade com a Diretiva 2014/53/UE. na naslednjem spletnem naslovu:
O texto integral da declaração de conformidade [Link]
está disponível no seguinte endereço de Internet:
[Link]
Slovakia
BECOM Electronics GmbH týmto vyhlasuje, že
rádiové zariadenie typu EWS4 je v súlade so
smernicou 2014/53/EÚ.
Úplné EÚ vyhlásenie o zhode je k dispozícii na
tejto internetovej adrese:
[Link]
FCC Approval This device complies with Any changes or modifi-
Part 15 of the FCC rules. cations not expressly
Ring aerial in the Operation is subject to the approved by the party
ignition switch following two conditions: responsible for compliance
(1) This device may not could void the user’s
cause harmful inter- authority to operate the
ference, and equipment.
(2) this device must accept
any interference
received, including
interference that may
cause undesired
operation.
To verify the authorization
of the ignition key, the
electronic immobilizer
exchanges information with
the ignition key via the ring
aerial.
Approbation de informations avec la clé de Toute modification
la FCC contact via l'antenne qui n'aurait pas été
annulaire. approuvée expressément
Antenne annulaire Le présent dispositif est par l'organisme responsa-
présente dans le conforme à la partie 15 ble de l'homologation peut
commutateur d'allumage des règles de la FCC. Son annuler l'autorisation
utilisation est soumise aux accordée à l'utilisateur pour
deux conditions suivantes : utiliser le dispositif.
(1) Le dispositif ne
doit pas produire
d'interférences
nuisibles, et
(2) le dispositif doit
pouvoir accepter toutes
les interférences
Pour vérifier l'autorisation extérieures, y compris
de la clé de contact, le celles qui pourraient
système d'immobilisation provoquer une
électronique échange des activation inopportune.
Declaration of Conformity Bŭlgarski
С настоящото Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH & Co.
Radio equipment Keyless Ride KG декларира, че този тип радиосъоръжение
HUF5750 е в съответствие с Директива
Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity acc. 2014/53/ЕС.
Radio Equipment Directive 2014/53/EU after Цялостният текст на ЕС декларацията за
12.06.2016 and during transition period съответствие може да се намери на следния
интернет адрес: [Link]
[Link]/eudoc/

Česky
Tímto Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH & Co. KG
prohlašuje, že typ rádiového zařízení HUF5750 je
Technical information v souladu se směrnicí 2014/53/EU.
Frequency band: 434,42 MHz Úplné znění EU prohlášení o shodě je k dispozici
Maximum Transmission Power: 10 mW na této internetové adrese: [Link]
[Link]/eudoc
Manufacturer and Address
Manufacturer: Dansk
Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH & Co. KG, Hermed erklærer Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH &
Steeger Str. 17, 42551 Velbert, Germany Co. KG, at radioudstyrstypen HUF5750 er i
overensstemmelse med direktiv 2014/53/EU.
EU-overensstemmelseserklæringens fulde tekst
kan findes på følgende internetadresse:
[Link]
Deutsch Español
Hiermit erklärt Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH & Co. Por la presente, Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH &
KG, dass der Funkanlagentyp HUF5750 der Co. KG declara que el tipo de equipo
Richtlinie 2014/53/EU entspricht. radioeléctrico HUF5750 es conforme con la
Der vollständige Text der EU- Directiva 2014/53/UE.
Konformitätserklärung ist unter der folgenden El texto completo de la declaración UE de
Internetadresse verfügbar: [Link] conformidad está disponible en la dirección
[Link]/eudoc Internet siguiente: [Link]
[Link]/eudoc
Eesti
Käesolevaga deklareerib Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst Français
GmbH & Co. KG, et käesolev raadioseadme tüüp Le soussigné, Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH & Co.
HUF5750 vastab direktiivi 2014/53/EL nõuetele. KG, déclare que l'équipement radioélectrique du
ELi vastavusdeklaratsiooni täielik tekst on type HUF5750 est conforme à la directive
kättesaadav järgmisel internetiaadressil: 2014/53/UE.
[Link] Le texte complet de la déclaration UE de
conformité est disponible à l'adresse internet
English suivante: [Link]
Hereby, Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH & Co. KG
declares that the radio equipment type HUF5750 Hrvatski
is in compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU. Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH & Co. KG ovime
The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is izjavljuje da je radijska oprema tipa HUF5750 u
available at the following internet address: http:// skladu s Direktivom 2014/53/EU.
[Link]/eudoc Cjeloviti tekst EU izjave o sukladnosti dostupan je
na sljedećoj internetskoj adresi: [Link]
[Link]/eudoc
Íslenska Lietuvių
Hér Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH & Co. KG að Aš, Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH & Co. KG,
radíóbúnaður gerð HUF5750 tilskipunar patvirtinu, kad radijo įrenginių tipas HUF5750
2014/53/EB samsvarandi. atitinka Direktyvą 2014/53/ES.
The fullur texti af ESB-samræmisyfirlýsing er í Visas ES atitikties deklaracijos tekstas prieinamas
boði á eftirfarandi veffang: [Link] šiuo interneto adresu: [Link]
[Link]/eudoc [Link]/eudoc

Italiano Magyar
Il fabbricante, Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH & Co. Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH & Co. KG igazolja,
KG, dichiara che il tipo di apparecchiatura radio hogy a HUF5750 típusú rádióberendezés
HUF5750 è conforme alla direttiva 2014/53/UE. megfelel a 2014/53/EU irányelvnek.
Il testo completo della dichiarazione di conformità Az EU-megfelelőségi nyilatkozat teljes szövege
UE è disponibile al seguente indirizzo Internet: elérhető a következő internetes címen:
[Link] [Link]

Latviski Malti
Ar šo Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH & Co. KG B'dan, Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH & Co. KG,
deklarē, ka radioiekārta HUF5750 atbilst Direktīvai niddikjara li dan it-tip ta' tagħmir tar-radju
2014/53/ES. HUF5750 huwa konformi mad-Direttiva
Pilns ES atbilstības deklarācijas teksts ir pieejams 2014/53/UE.
šādā interneta vietnē: [Link] It-test kollu tad-dikjarazzjoni ta' konformità tal-UE
[Link]/eudoc huwa disponibbli f'dan l-indirizz tal-Internet li ġej:
[Link]
Nederlands Português
Hierbij verklaar ik, Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH & O(a) abaixo assinado(a) Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst
Co. KG, dat het type radioapparatuur HUF5750 GmbH & Co. KG declara que o presente tipo de
conform is met Richtlijn 2014/53/EU. equipamento de rádio HUF5750 está em
De volledige tekst van de EU- conformidade com a Diretiva 2014/53/UE.
conformiteitsverklaring kan worden geraadpleegd O texto integral da declaração de conformidade
op het volgende internetadres: [Link] está disponível no seguinte endereço de Internet:
[Link]/eudoc [Link]

Norsk Românesc
Herved Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH & Co. KG at Prin prezenta, Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH & Co.
radioutstyrstype HUF5750 i direktiv 2014/53/EU KG declară că tipul de echipamente radio
tilsvarende. HUF5750 este în conformitate cu Directiva
Den fullstendige teksten i EU-erklæring er 2014/53/UE.
tilgjengelig på følgende internettadresse: Textul integral al declarației UE de conformitate
[Link] este disponibil la următoarea adresă internet:
[Link]
Polski
Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH & Co. KG niniejszym Slovensko
oświadcza, że typ urządzenia radiowego Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH & Co. KG potrjuje, da
HUF5750 jest zgodny z dyrektywą 2014/53/UE. je tip radijske opreme HUF5750 skladen z
Pełny tekst deklaracji zgodności UE jest dostępny Direktivo 2014/53/EU.
pod następującym adresem internetowym: Celotno besedilo izjave EU o skladnosti je na voljo
[Link] na naslednjem spletnem naslovu: [Link]
[Link]/eudoc
Slovensky Ελληνική
Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH & Co. KG týmto Με την παρούσα ο/η Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst,
vyhlasuje, že rádiové zariadenie typu HUF5750 je δηλώνει ότι ο ραδιοεξοπλισμός HUF5750 πληροί
v súlade so smernicou 2014/53/EÚ. την οδηγία 2014/53/ΕΕ.
Úplné EÚ vyhlásenie o zhode je k dispozícii na Το πλήρες κείμενο της δήλωσης συμμόρφωσης
tejto internetovej adrese: [Link] ΕΕ διατίθεται στην ακόλουθη ιστοσελίδα στο
[Link]/eudoc διαδίκτυο: [Link]

Suomi
Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH & Co. KG vakuuttaa,
että radiolaitetyyppi HUF5750 on direktiivin
2014/53/EU mukainen.
EU-vaatimustenmukaisuusvakuutuksen
täysimittainen teksti on saatavilla seuraavassa
internetosoitteessa: [Link]
[Link]/eudoc

Svenska
Härmed försäkrar Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH &
Co. KG att denna typ av radioutrustning HUF5750
överensstämmer med direktiv 2014/53/EU.
Den fullständiga texten till EU-försäkran om
överensstämmelse finns på följande webbadress:
[Link]
Certifications

BMW Keyless Ride ID Device Canada:

Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference,
and
(2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.

USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference,
and
(2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
USA, Canada
Any changes or modifications not expressly
Product name: BMW Keyless Ride ID Device approved by the party responsible for
FCC ID: YGOHUF5750 compliance could void the user’s authority to
IC: 4008C-HUF5750 operate the equipment.
Declaration Of Conformity
We declare under our responsibility that the product
BMW Keyless Ride ID Device (Model: HUF5750)
camplies with the appropriate essential requirements of the article 3 of the R&TIE and the other relevant
provisions, when used for its intended purpose. Applied Standards:
1. Health and safety requirements contained in article 3 (1) a)
• EN 60950-1:2006+A11:2009+A1:2010+A12:2011; Information technology equipment- Safety
2. Protection requirements with respect to electromagnetic compatibility article 3 (1) b)
• EN 301 489-1 (V1 .9.2, 09/2011 ), Electromagnetic compatibility and radio spectrum matters (ERM);
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) standard for radio equipment and services;
Part 1: Common technical requirements
• EN 301 489-3 (V1.4.1, 08/2002) Electromagnetic compatibility and radio spectrum matters (ERM);
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) standard for radio equipment and services; Part 3: Specific conditions for short
range devices (SRD) operating on frequencies between 9 kHz and 40 GHz
3. Means of the efficient use of the radio frequency spectrum article 3 (2)
• EN 300 220-1 & -2 (V2.4.1, 05/2012), electromagnetic compatibility and radio spectrum matters (ERM); Short
range devices (SRD); Radio equipment tobe used in the 25 MHz to 1000 MHz frequency range with power Ieveis
ranging up to 500 mW;
Part 1: Technical characteristics and test methods.
Part 2: Harmonized EN covering essential requirements under article 3.2 ofthe R&TIE directive
The product is Iabeted wilh the CE marking:

Velbert, October 15th, 2013

Benjamin A. Müller
Product Development Systems
Car Access and Immobilization – Electronics
Huf Hülsbeck & Fürst GmbH & Co. KG
Steeger Straße 17, D-42551 Velbert
Declaration of Conformity Austria
Hiermit erklärt Schrader Electronics Ltd., dass der
Radio equipment tyre pressure control Funkanlagentyp BC5A4 der Richtlinie
(RDC) 2014/53/EU entspricht.
Der vollständige Text der EU-
Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity acc. Konformitätserklärung ist unter der folgenden
Radio Equipment Directive 2014/53/EU after Internetadresse verfügbar:
12.06.2016 and during transition period [Link]
ation_conformities

Belgium
Le soussigné, Schrader Electronics Ltd., déclare
que l'équipement radioélectrique du type BC5A4
est conforme à la directive 2014/53/UE.
Technical information Le texte complet de la déclaration UE de
Frequency Band: 433.895 - 433.945 MHz conformité est disponible à l'adresse internet
Output Power : <10 mW e.r.p. suivante:
[Link]
Manufacturer and Address ation_conformities
Manufacturer: Schrader Electronics Ltd.
Adress: Technology Park, Antrim,
N. Ireland BT41 1QS, United Kingdom
Bulgaria Úplné znění EU prohlášení o shodě je k dispozici
С настоящото Schrader Electronics Ltd. na této internetové adrese:
декларира, че този тип радиосъоръжение [Link]
BC5A4 е в съответствие с Директива ation_conformities
2014/53/ЕС.
Цялостният текст на ЕС декларацията за Germany
съответствие може да се намери на следния Hiermit erklärt Schrader Electronics Ltd., dass der
интернет адрес: Funkanlagentyp BC5A4 der Richtlinie
[Link] 2014/53/EU entspricht.
ation_conformities Der vollständige Text der EU-
Konformitätserklärung ist unter der folgenden
Cyprus Internetadresse verfügbar:
Με την παρούσα ο/η Schrader Electronics Ltd., [Link]
δηλώνει ότι ο ραδιοεξοπλισμός BC5A4 πληροί ation_conformities
την οδηγία 2014/53/ΕΕ.
Το πλήρες κείμενο της δήλωσης συμμόρφωσης Denmark
ΕΕ διατίθεται στην ακόλουθη ιστοσελίδα στο Hermed erklærer Schrader Electronics Ltd., at
διαδίκτυο: radioudstyrstypen BC5A4 er i overensstemmelse
[Link] med direktiv 2014/53/EU.
ation_conformities EU-overensstemmelseserklæringens fulde tekst
kan findes på følgende internetadresse:
Czech Republic [Link]
Tímto Schrader Electronics Ltd. prohlašuje, že ation_conformities
typ rádiového zařízení BC5A4 je v souladu se
směrnicí 2014/53/EU.
Estonia Finland
Käesolevaga deklareerib Schrader Electronics Schrader Electronics Ltd. vakuuttaa, että
Ltd., et käesolev raadioseadme tüüp BC5A4 radiolaitetyyppi BC5A4 on direktiivin 2014/53/EU
vastab direktiivi 2014/53/EL nõuetele. mukainen.
ELi vastavusdeklaratsiooni täielik tekst on EU-vaatimustenmukaisuusvakuutuksen
kättesaadav järgmisel internetiaadressil: täysimittainen teksti on saatavilla seuraavassa
[Link] internetosoitteessa:
ation_conformities [Link]
ation_conformities
Spain
Por la presente, Schrader Electronics Ltd. declara France
que el tipo de equipo radioeléctrico BC5A4 es Le soussigné, Schrader Electronics Ltd., déclare
conforme con la Directiva 2014/53/UE. que l'équipement radioélectrique du type BC5A4
El texto completo de la declaración UE de est conforme à la directive 2014/53/UE.
conformidad está disponible en la dirección Le texte complet de la déclaration UE de
Internet siguiente: conformité est disponible à l'adresse internet
[Link] suivante:
ation_conformities [Link]
ation_conformities
United Kingdom [Link]
Hereby, Schrader Electronics Ltd. declares that ation_conformities
the radio equipment type BC5A4 is in compliance
with Directive 2014/53/EU. Hungary
The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is Schrader Electronics Ltd. igazolja, hogy a BC5A4
available at the following internet address: típusú rádióberendezés megfelel a 2014/53/EU
[Link] irányelvnek.
ation_conformities Az EU-megfelelőségi nyilatkozat teljes szövege
elérhető a következő internetes címen:
[Link]
Greece ation_conformities
Με την παρούσα ο/η Schrader Electronics Ltd.,
δηλώνει ότι ο ραδιοεξοπλισμός BC5A4 πληροί Ireland
την οδηγία 2014/53/ΕΕ. Hereby, Schrader Electronics Ltd. declares that
Το πλήρες κείμενο της δήλωσης συμμόρφωσης the radio equipment type BC5A4 is in compliance
ΕΕ διατίθεται στην ακόλουθη ιστοσελίδα στο with Directive 2014/53/EU.
διαδίκτυο: The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is
[Link] available at the following internet address:
ation_conformities [Link]
ation_conformities
Croatia
Schrader Electronics Ltd. ovime izjavljuje da je
radijska oprema tipa BC5A4 u skladu s Direktivom
2014/53/EU.
Cjeloviti tekst EU izjave o sukladnosti dostupan je
na sljedećoj internetskoj adresi:
Italy Le texte complet de la déclaration UE de
Il fabbricante, Schrader Electronics Ltd., dichiara conformité est disponible à l'adresse internet
che il tipo di apparecchiatura radio BC5A4 è suivante:
conforme alla direttiva 2014/53/UE. [Link]
Il testo completo della dichiarazione di conformità ation_conformities
UE è disponibile al seguente indirizzo Internet:
[Link] Latvia
ation_conformities Ar šo Schrader Electronics Ltd. deklarē, ka
radioiekārta BC5A4 atbilst Direktīvai 2014/53/ES.
Pilns ES atbilstības deklarācijas teksts ir pieejams
šādā interneta vietnē:
Lithuania [Link]
Aš, Schrader Electronics Ltd., patvirtinu, kad ation_conformities
radijo įrenginių tipas BC5A4 atitinka Direktyvą
2014/53/ES. Malta
Visas ES atitikties deklaracijos tekstas prieinamas B'dan, Schrader Electronics Ltd., niddikjara li dan
šiuo interneto adresu: it-tip ta' tagħmir tar-radju BC5A4 huwa konformi
[Link] mad-Direttiva 2014/53/UE.
ation_conformities It-test kollu tad-dikjarazzjoni ta' konformità tal-UE
huwa disponibbli f'dan l-indirizz tal-Internet li ġej:
Luxembourg [Link]
Le soussigné, Schrader Electronics Ltd., déclare ation_conformities
que l'équipement radioélectrique du type BC5A4
est conforme à la directive 2014/53/UE.
Netherlands O texto integral da declaração de conformidade
Hierbij verklaar ik, Schrader Electronics Ltd., dat está disponível no seguinte endereço de Internet:
het type radioapparatuur BC5A4 conform is met [Link]
Richtlijn 2014/53/EU. ation_conformities
De volledige tekst van de EU-
conformiteitsverklaring kan worden geraadpleegd Romania
op het volgende internetadres: Prin prezenta, Schrader Electronics Ltd. declară
[Link] că tipul de echipamente radio BC5A4 este în
ation_conformities conformitate cu Directiva 2014/53/UE.
Textul integral al declarației UE de conformitate
Poland este disponibil la următoarea adresă internet:
Schrader Electronics Ltd. niniejszym oświadcza, [Link]
że typ urządzenia radiowego BC5A4 jest zgodny z ation_conformities
dyrektywą 2014/53/UE.
Pełny tekst deklaracji zgodności UE jest dostępny Sweden
pod następującym adresem internetowym: Härmed försäkrar Schrader Electronics Ltd. att
[Link] denna typ av radioutrustning BC5A4
ation_conformities överensstämmer med direktiv 2014/53/EU.
Den fullständiga texten till EU-försäkran om
Portugal överensstämmelse finns på följande webbadress:
O(a) abaixo assinado(a) Schrader Electronics Ltd. [Link]
declara que o presente tipo de equipamento de ation_conformities
rádio BC5A4 está em conformidade com a
Diretiva 2014/53/UE.
Slovenia
Schrader Electronics Ltd. potrjuje, da je tip
radijske opreme BC5A4 skladen z Direktivo
2014/53/EU.
Celotno besedilo izjave EU o skladnosti je na voljo
na naslednjem spletnem naslovu:
[Link]
ation_conformities

Slovakia
Schrader Electronics Ltd. týmto vyhlasuje, že
rádiové zariadenie typu BC5A4 je v súlade so
smernicou 2014/53/EÚ.
Úplné EÚ vyhlásenie o zhode je k dispozícii na
tejto internetovej adrese:
[Link]
ation_conformities
Certification Tire Pressure Control (TPC)

FCC ID: MRXBC54MA4 FCC ID: MRXBC5A4

IC: 2546A-BC54MA4 IC: 2546A-BC5A4

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR
Rules and with Industry Canada license-exempt d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils
RSS standard(s). radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est
Operation is subject to the following two
autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes:
conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage,
interference, and et
(2) This device must accept any interference (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout
received, including interference that may brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le
cause undesired operation. brouillage est susceptible d'en
compromettre le fonctionnement.
WARNING: Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. The term “IC:” before the radio
certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met.
Declaration of Conformity Manufacturer and Address
Manufacturer:
Radio equipment TFT instrument cluster Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH
Adress: Robert Bosch Str. 200,
Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity acc. 31139 Hildesheim, GERMANY
Radio Equipment Directive 2014/53/EU after
12.06.2016 and during transition period Austria
Hiermit erklärt Robert Bosch Car Multimedia
GmbH, dass der Funkanlagentyp ICC6.5in der
Richtlinie 2014/53/EU entspricht.
Der vollständige Text der EU-
Konformitätserklärung ist unter der folgenden
Internetadresse verfügbar: [Link]
Technical information [Link]
BT operating frq. Range: 2402 – 2480 MHz
BT version: 4.2 (no BTLE) Belgium
BT output power: < 4 dBm Le soussigné, Robert Bosch Car Multimedia
WLAN operating frq. Range: 2412 – 2462 MHz GmbH, déclare que l'équipement radioélectrique
WLAN standards: IEEE 802.11 b/g/n du type ICC6.5in est conforme à la directive
WLAN output power: < 20 dBm 2014/53/UE.
Le texte complet de la déclaration UE de
conformité est disponible à l'adresse internet
suivante:[Link]
Bulgaria Germany
С настоящото Robert Bosch Car Multimedia Hiermit erklärt Robert Bosch Car Multimedia
GmbH декларира, че този тип GmbH, dass der Funkanlagentyp ICC6.5in der
радиосъоръжение ICC6.5in е в съответствие с Richtlinie 2014/53/EU entspricht.
Директива 2014/53/ЕС. Der vollständige Text der EU-
Цялостният текст на ЕС декларацията за Konformitätserklärung ist unter der folgenden
съответствие може да се намери на следния Internetadresse verfügbar: [Link]
интернет адрес: [Link] [Link]/
[Link]
Denmark
Cyprus Hermed erklærer Robert Bosch Car Multimedia
Με την παρούσα ο/η Robert Bosch Car GmbH, at radioudstyrstypen ICC6.5in er i
Multimedia GmbH, δηλώνει ότι ο overensstemmelse med direktiv 2014/53/EU.
ραδιοεξοπλισμός ICC6.5in πληροί την οδηγία EU-overensstemmelseserklæringens fulde tekst
2014/53/ΕΕ. kan findes på følgende internetadresse:
Το πλήρες κείμενο της δήλωσης συμμόρφωσης [Link]
ΕΕ διατίθεται στην ακόλουθη ιστοσελίδα στο
διαδίκτυο: [Link] Estonia
Käesolevaga deklareerib Robert Bosch Car
Czech Republic Multimedia GmbH, et käesolev raadioseadme
Tímto Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH tüüp ICC6.5in vastab direktiivi 2014/53/EL
prohlašuje, že typ rádiového zařízení ICC6.5in je v nõuetele.
souladu se směrnicí 2014/53/EU. ELi vastavusdeklaratsiooni täielik tekst on
Úplné znění EU prohlášení o shodě je k dispozici kättesaadav järgmisel internetiaadressil:
na této internetové adrese: [Link] [Link]
[Link]
Spain France
Por la presente, Robert Bosch Car Multimedia Le soussigné, Robert Bosch Car Multimedia
GmbH declara que el tipo de equipo GmbH, déclare que l'équipement radioélectrique
radioeléctrico ICC6.5in es conforme con la du type ICC6.5in est conforme à la directive
Directiva 2014/53/UE. 2014/53/UE.
El texto completo de la declaración UE de Le texte complet de la déclaration UE de
conformidad está disponible en la dirección conformité est disponible à l'adresse internet
Internet siguiente: [Link] suivante: [Link]
[Link]
United Kingdom
Finland Hereby, Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH
Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH vakuuttaa, declares that the radio equipment type ICC6.5in
että radiolaitetyyppi ICC6.5in on direktiivin is in compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU.
2014/53/EU mukainen. The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is
EU-vaatimustenmukaisuusvakuutuksen available at the following internet address:
täysimittainen teksti on saatavilla seuraavassa [Link]
internetosoitteessa: [Link]
[Link] Greece
Με την παρούσα ο/η Robert Bosch Car
Multimedia GmbH, δηλώνει ότι ο
ραδιοεξοπλισμός ICC6.5in πληροί την οδηγία
2014/53/ΕΕ.
Το πλήρες κείμενο της δήλωσης συμμόρφωσης
ΕΕ διατίθεται στην ακόλουθη ιστοσελίδα στο
διαδίκτυο: [Link]
Croatia Italy
Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH ovime Il fabbricante, Robert Bosch Car Multimedia
izjavljuje da je radijska oprema tipa ICC6.5in u GmbH, dichiara che il tipo di apparecchiatura
skladu s Direktivom 2014/53/EU. radio ICC6.5in è conforme alla direttiva
Cjeloviti tekst EU izjave o sukladnosti dostupan je 2014/53/UE.
na sljedećoj internetskoj adresi: [Link] Il testo completo della dichiarazione di conformità
[Link] UE è disponibile al seguente indirizzo Internet:
[Link]
Hungary
Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH igazolja, Lithuania
hogy a ICC6.5in típusú rádióberendezés megfelel Aš, Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH,
a 2014/53/EU irányelvnek. patvirtinu, kad radijo įrenginių tipas ICC6.5in
Az EU-megfelelőségi nyilatkozat teljes szövege atitinka Direktyvą 2014/53/ES.
elérhető a következő internetes címen: Visas ES atitikties deklaracijos tekstas prieinamas
[Link] šiuo interneto adresu: [Link]
[Link]
Ireland
Hereby, Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH Luxembourg
declares that the radio equipment type ICC6.5in Le soussigné, Robert Bosch Car Multimedia
is in compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU. GmbH, déclare que l'équipement radioélectrique
The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is du type ICC6.5in est conforme à la directive
available at the following internet address: 2014/53/UE.
[Link] Le texte complet de la déclaration UE de
conformité est disponible à l'adresse internet
suivante: [Link]
Latvia Poland
Ar šo Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH niniejszym
deklarē, ka radioiekārta ICC6.5in atbilst Direktīvai oświadcza, że typ urządzenia radiowego ICC6.5in
2014/53/ES. jest zgodny z dyrektywą 2014/53/UE.
Pilns ES atbilstības deklarācijas teksts ir pieejams Pełny tekst deklaracji zgodności UE jest dostępny
šādā interneta vietnē: [Link] pod następującym adresem internetowym:
[Link] [Link]

Malta Portugal
B'dan, Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH, O(a) abaixo assinado(a) Robert Bosch Car
niddikjara li dan it-tip ta' tagħmir tar-radju Multimedia GmbH declara que o presente tipo de
ICC6.5in huwa konformi mad-Direttiva equipamento de rádio ICC6.5in está em
2014/53/UE. conformidade com a Diretiva 2014/53/UE.
It-test kollu tad-dikjarazzjoni ta' konformità tal-UE O texto integral da declaração de conformidade
huwa disponibbli f'dan l-indirizz tal-Internet li ġej: está disponível no seguinte endereço de Internet:
[Link] [Link]

Netherlands Romania
Hierbij verklaar ik, Robert Bosch Car Multimedia Prin prezenta, Robert Bosch Car Multimedia
GmbH, dat het type radioapparatuur ICC6.5in GmbH declară că tipul de echipamente radio
conform is met Richtlijn 2014/53/EU. ICC6.5in este în conformitate cu Directiva
De volledige tekst van de EU- 2014/53/UE.
conformiteitsverklaring kan worden geraadpleegd Textul integral al declarației UE de conformitate
op het volgende internetadres: [Link] este disponibil la următoarea adresă internet:
[Link] [Link]
Sweden
Härmed försäkrar Robert Bosch Car Multimedia
GmbH att denna typ av radioutrustning ICC6.5in
överensstämmer med direktiv 2014/53/EU.
Den fullständiga texten till EU-försäkran om
överensstämmelse finns på följande webbadress:
[Link]

Slovenia
Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH potrjuje, da
je tip radijske opreme ICC6.5in skladen z
Direktivo 2014/53/EU.
Celotno besedilo izjave EU o skladnosti je na voljo
na naslednjem spletnem naslovu:
[Link]

Slovakia
Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH týmto
vyhlasuje, že rádiové zariadenie typu ICC6.5in je v
súlade so smernicou 2014/53/EÚ.
Úplné EÚ vyhlásenie o zhode je k dispozícii na
tejto internetovej adrese: [Link]
[Link]
Declaration of Conformity Turkey
Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH, ICC6.5in
Radio equipment TFT instrument cluster tipi telsiz sisteminin 2014/53/EU
nolu yönetmeliğe uygun olduğunu beyan eder.
For all Countries without EU AB Uygunluk Beyanı'nın tam metni, aşağıdaki
internet adresinden görülebilir: [Link]
[Link]
Technical information
BT operating frq. Range: 2402 – 2480 MHz
Brazil
BT version: 4.2 (no BTLE)
BT output power: < 4 dBm Este equipamento opera em caráter secundário,
WLAN operating frq. Range: 2412 – 2462 MHz isto é, não tem direito a proteção contra
WLAN standards: IEEE 802.11 b/g/n interferência prejudicial, mesmo de estações do
WLAN output power: < 20 dBm mesmo tipo, e não pode causar interferência a
sistemas operando em caráter primário.
Manufacturer and Address
Manufacturer:
Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH
Adress: Robert Bosch Str. 200,
31139 Hildesheim, GERMANY
Canada Mexico
This device complies with Industry Canada’s La operación de este equipo está sujeta a las
licence-exempt RSSs and part 15 of the FCC siguientes dos condiciones:
Rules. Operation is subject to the following two (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no
conditions: cause interferencia perjudicial y
(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar
(2) this device must accept any interference, cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda
including interference that may cause undesired causar su operación no deseada.
operation of the device.
Taiwan, Republic of
Changes or modifications not expressly approved 根據 NCC 低功率電波輻射性電機管理辦法 規定:
by the party responsible for compliance could 第十二條
void the user's authority to operate the 經型式認證合格之低功率射頻電機，非經許可，公
equipment. 司、商號或使用者均不得擅自變更頻率、加大功率
或變更原設計之特性及功能。
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR
d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio 第十四條
exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorisée 低功率射頻電機之使用不得影響飛航安全及干擾合
aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l'appareil ne 法通信；經發現有干擾現象時，應立即停用，並改
doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l'appareil 善至無干擾時方得繼續使用。
doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, 前項合法通信，
même si le brouillage est susceptible d'en 指依電信法規定作業之無線電通信。
compromettre le fonctionnement. 低功率射頻電機須忍受合法通信或工業、科學及醫
療用電波輻射性電機設備之干擾。
Thailand Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR
เครื่ องโทรคมนาคมและอุปกรณ์น้ ี d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio
exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorisée
มีความสอดคล้องตามข้อกําหนดของ กทช. aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l'appareil ne
(This telecommunication equipments is in doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l'appareil
compliance with NTC requirements) doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi,
même si le brouillage est susceptible d'en
United States (USA) compromettre le fonctionnement.
This device complies with Industry Canada’s
licence-exempt RSSs and part 15 of the FCC Korea
Rules. Operation is subject to the following two 적합성평가에 관한 고시
conditions: R-CMM-RBR-ICC65IN
(1) this device may not cause interference, and 상호 : Robert Bosch Car Multimedia
(2) this device must accept any interference, GmbH모델명 : ICC6.5in
including interference that may cause undesired 기자재명칭 : 특정소출력 무선기기
operation of the device. (무선데이터통신시스템용 무선기기)
제조자 및 제조국가 : Robert Bosch Car
Changes or modifications not expressly approved Multimedia GmbH / 포르투갈
by the party responsible for compliance could 제조년월 : 제조년월로 표기
void the user's authority to operate the 이 기기는 업무용 환경에서 사용할 목적으로
equipment. 적합성평가를 받은 기기로서 가정용 환경에
서 사용하는 경우 전파간섭의 우려가 있습니
다.
Declaration of Conformity Manufacturer and Address
Manufacturer:
Radio equipment intelligent emergency call Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH
Adress: Robert Bosch Str. 200,
Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity acc. 31139 Hildesheim, GERMANY
Radio Equipment Directive 2014/53/EU after
12.06.2016 and during transition period Austria
Hiermit erklärt Robert Bosch Car Multimedia
GmbH, dass der Funkanlagentyp TPM E-CALL
EU der Richtlinie 2014/53/EU entspricht.
Der vollständige Text der EU-
Konformitätserklärung ist unter der folgenden
Internetadresse verfügbar: [Link]
Technical information [Link]/
Antenna internal:
Frequency Band: 880 MHz - 915 MHz Belgium
Radiated Power [TRP]: < 22 dBm Le soussigné, Robert Bosch Car Multimedia
Not acessable by user: GmbH, déclare que l'équipement radioélectrique
Frequency Band: 1710 MHz - 1785 MHz du type TPM E-CALL EU est conforme à la
Radiated Power [TRP]: < 26 dBm directive 2014/53/UE.
Frequency Band: 1920 MHz - 1980 MHz Le texte complet de la déclaration UE de
Radiated Power [TRP]: < 22 dBm conformité est disponible à l'adresse internet
Frequency Band: 880 MHz - 915 MHz suivante:[Link]
Radiated Power [TRP]: < 23 dBm
Bulgaria Germany
С настоящото Robert Bosch Car Multimedia Hiermit erklärt Robert Bosch Car Multimedia
GmbH декларира, че този тип GmbH, dass der Funkanlagentyp TPM E-CALL
радиосъоръжение TPM E-CALL EU е в EU der Richtlinie 2014/53/EU entspricht.
съответствие с Директива 2014/53/ЕС. Der vollständige Text der EU-
Цялостният текст на ЕС декларацията за Konformitätserklärung ist unter der folgenden
съответствие може да се намери на следния Internetadresse verfügbar: [Link]
интернет адрес: [Link] [Link]
[Link]/
Denmark
Cyprus Hermed erklærer Robert Bosch Car Multimedia
Με την παρούσα ο/η Robert Bosch Car GmbH, at radioudstyrstypen TPM E-CALL EU er i
Multimedia GmbH, δηλώνει ότι ο overensstemmelse med direktiv 2014/53/EU.
ραδιοεξοπλισμός TPM E-CALL EU πληροί την EU-overensstemmelseserklæringens fulde tekst
οδηγία 2014/53/ΕΕ. kan findes på følgende internetadresse:
Το πλήρες κείμενο της δήλωσης συμμόρφωσης [Link]
ΕΕ διατίθεται στην ακόλουθη ιστοσελίδα στο
διαδίκτυο: [Link] Estonia
Käesolevaga deklareerib Robert Bosch Car
Czech Republic Multimedia GmbH, et käesolev raadioseadme
Tímto Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH tüüp TPM E-CALL EU vastab direktiivi
prohlašuje, že typ rádiového zařízení TPM E- 2014/53/EL nõuetele.
CALL EU je v souladu se směrnicí 2014/53/EU. ELi vastavusdeklaratsiooni täielik tekst on
Úplné znění EU prohlášení o shodě je k dispozici kättesaadav järgmisel internetiaadressil:
na této internetové adrese: [Link] [Link]
[Link]
Spain France
Por la presente, Robert Bosch Car Multimedia Le soussigné, Robert Bosch Car Multimedia
GmbH declara que el tipo de equipo GmbH, déclare que l'équipement radioélectrique
radioeléctrico TPM E-CALL EU es conforme con du type TPM E-CALL EU est conforme à la
la Directiva 2014/53/UE. directive 2014/53/UE.
El texto completo de la declaración UE de Le texte complet de la déclaration UE de
conformidad está disponible en la dirección conformité est disponible à l'adresse internet
Internet siguiente: [Link] suivante: [Link]
[Link]
United Kingdom
Finland Hereby, Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH
Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH vakuuttaa, declares that the radio equipment type TPM E-
että radiolaitetyyppi TPM E-CALL EU on CALL EU is in compliance with Directive
direktiivin 2014/53/EU mukainen. 2014/53/EU.
EU-vaatimustenmukaisuusvakuutuksen The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is
täysimittainen teksti on saatavilla seuraavassa available at the following internet address:
internetosoitteessa: [Link] [Link]
[Link]
Greece
Με την παρούσα ο/η Robert Bosch Car
Multimedia GmbH, δηλώνει ότι ο
ραδιοεξοπλισμός TPM E-CALL EU πληροί την
οδηγία 2014/53/ΕΕ.
Το πλήρες κείμενο της δήλωσης συμμόρφωσης
ΕΕ διατίθεται στην ακόλουθη ιστοσελίδα στο
διαδίκτυο: [Link]
Croatia Italy
Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH ovime Il fabbricante, Robert Bosch Car Multimedia
izjavljuje da je radijska oprema tipa TPM E-CALL GmbH, dichiara che il tipo di apparecchiatura
EU u skladu s Direktivom 2014/53/EU. radio TPM E-CALL EU è conforme alla direttiva
Cjeloviti tekst EU izjave o sukladnosti dostupan je 2014/53/UE.
na sljedećoj internetskoj adresi: [Link] Il testo completo della dichiarazione di conformità
[Link] UE è disponibile al seguente indirizzo Internet:
[Link]
Hungary
Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH igazolja, Lithuania
hogy a TPM E-CALL EU típusú rádióberendezés Aš, Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH,
megfelel a 2014/53/EU irányelvnek. patvirtinu, kad radijo įrenginių tipas TPM E-CALL
Az EU-megfelelőségi nyilatkozat teljes szövege EU atitinka Direktyvą 2014/53/ES.
elérhető a következő internetes címen: Visas ES atitikties deklaracijos tekstas prieinamas
[Link] šiuo interneto adresu: [Link]
[Link]
Ireland
Hereby, Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH Luxembourg
declares that the radio equipment type TPM E- Le soussigné, Robert Bosch Car Multimedia
CALL EU is in compliance with Directive GmbH, déclare que l'équipement radioélectrique
2014/53/EU. du type TPM E-CALL EU est conforme à la
The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is directive 2014/53/UE.
available at the following internet address: Le texte complet de la déclaration UE de
[Link] conformité est disponible à l'adresse internet
suivante: [Link]
Latvia Poland
Ar šo Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH niniejszym
deklarē, ka radioiekārta TPM E-CALL EU atbilst oświadcza, że typ urządzenia radiowego TPM E-
Direktīvai 2014/53/ES. CALL EU jest zgodny z dyrektywą 2014/53/UE.
Pilns ES atbilstības deklarācijas teksts ir pieejams Pełny tekst deklaracji zgodności UE jest dostępny
šādā interneta vietnē: [Link] pod następującym adresem internetowym:
[Link] [Link]

Malta Portugal
B'dan, Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH, O(a) abaixo assinado(a) Robert Bosch Car
niddikjara li dan it-tip ta' tagħmir tar-radju TPM E- Multimedia GmbH declara que o presente tipo de
CALL EU huwa konformi mad-Direttiva equipamento de rádio TPM E-CALL EU está em
2014/53/UE. conformidade com a Diretiva 2014/53/UE.
It-test kollu tad-dikjarazzjoni ta' konformità tal-UE O texto integral da declaração de conformidade
huwa disponibbli f'dan l-indirizz tal-Internet li ġej: está disponível no seguinte endereço de Internet:
[Link] [Link]

Netherlands Romania
Hierbij verklaar ik, Robert Bosch Car Multimedia Prin prezenta, Robert Bosch Car Multimedia
GmbH, dat het type radioapparatuur TPM E- GmbH declară că tipul de echipamente radio TPM
CALL EU conform is met Richtlijn 2014/53/EU. E-CALL EU este în conformitate cu Directiva
De volledige tekst van de EU- 2014/53/UE.
conformiteitsverklaring kan worden geraadpleegd Textul integral al declarației UE de conformitate
op het volgende internetadres: [Link] este disponibil la următoarea adresă internet:
[Link] [Link]
Sweden
Härmed försäkrar Robert Bosch Car Multimedia
GmbH att denna typ av radioutrustning TPM E-
CALL EU överensstämmer med direktiv
2014/53/EU.
Den fullständiga texten till EU-försäkran om
överensstämmelse finns på följande webbadress:
[Link]

Slovenia
Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH potrjuje, da
je tip radijske opreme TPM E-CALL EU skladen z
Direktivo 2014/53/EU.
Celotno besedilo izjave EU o skladnosti je na voljo
na naslednjem spletnem naslovu:
[Link]

Slovakia
Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH týmto
vyhlasuje, že rádiové zariadenie typu TPM E-
CALL EU je v súlade so smernicou 2014/53/EÚ.
Úplné EÚ vyhlásenie o zhode je k dispozícii na
tejto internetovej adrese: [Link]
[Link]
Declaration of Conformity Austria
Hiermit erklärt Meta System S.p.A., dass der
Radio equipment anti-theft alarm (DWA) Funkanlagentyp TXBMWMR der Richtlinie
2014/53/EU entspricht.
Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity acc. Der vollständige Text der EU-
Radio Equipment Directive 2014/53/EU after Konformitätserklärung ist unter der folgenden
12.06.2016 and during transition period Internetadresse verfügbar:
[Link]

Belgium
Le soussigné, Meta System S.p.A., déclare que
l'équipement radioélectrique du type TXBMWMR
est conforme à la directive 2014/53/UE.
Technical information Le texte complet de la déclaration UE de
Frequency Band: 433.05-434.79 MHz conformité est disponible à l'adresse internet
Output Power : 10 mW e.r.p. suivante:[Link]

Manufacturer and Address Bulgaria

Manufacturer: Meta System S.p.A. С настоящото Meta System S.p.A. декларира, че
Adress: Via Galimberti 5 този тип радиосъоръжение TXBMWMR е в
42124 Reggio Emilia - Italy – съответствие с Директива 2014/53/ЕС.
Цялостният текст на ЕС декларацията за
съответствие може да се намери на следния
интернет адрес: [Link]
Cyprus Denmark
Με την παρούσα ο/η Meta System S.p.A., Hermed erklærer Meta System S.p.A., at
δηλώνει ότι ο ραδιοεξοπλισμός TXBMWMR radioudstyrstypen TXBMWMR er i
πληροί την οδηγία 2014/53/ΕΕ. overensstemmelse med direktiv 2014/53/EU.
Το πλήρες κείμενο της δήλωσης συμμόρφωσης EU-overensstemmelseserklæringens fulde tekst
ΕΕ διατίθεται στην ακόλουθη ιστοσελίδα στο kan findes på følgende internetadresse:
διαδίκτυο: [Link] [Link]

Czech Republic Estonia

Tímto Meta System S.p.A. prohlašuje, že typ Käesolevaga deklareerib Meta System S.p.A., et
rádiového zařízení TXBMWMR je v souladu se käesolev raadioseadme tüüp TXBMWMR vastab
směrnicí 2014/53/EU. direktiivi 2014/53/EL nõuetele.
Úplné znění EU prohlášení o shodě je k dispozici ELi vastavusdeklaratsiooni täielik tekst on
na této internetové adrese: kättesaadav järgmisel internetiaadressil:
[Link] [Link]

Germany Spain
Hiermit erklärt Meta System S.p.A., dass der Por la presente, Meta System S.p.A. declara que
Funkanlagentyp TXBMWMR der Richtlinie el tipo de equipo radioeléctrico TXBMWMR es
2014/53/EU entspricht. conforme con la Directiva 2014/53/UE.
Der vollständige Text der EU- El texto completo de la declaración UE de
Konformitätserklärung ist unter der folgenden conformidad está disponible en la dirección
Internetadresse verfügbar: Internet siguiente: [Link]
[Link]
Finland Greece
Meta System S.p.A. vakuuttaa, että Με την παρούσα ο/η Meta System S.p.A.,
radiolaitetyyppi TXBMWMR on direktiivin δηλώνει ότι ο ραδιοεξοπλισμός TXBMWMR
2014/53/EU mukainen. πληροί την οδηγία 2014/53/ΕΕ.
EU-vaatimustenmukaisuusvakuutuksen Το πλήρες κείμενο της δήλωσης συμμόρφωσης
täysimittainen teksti on saatavilla seuraavassa ΕΕ διατίθεται στην ακόλουθη ιστοσελίδα στο
internetosoitteessa: [Link] διαδίκτυο: [Link]

France Croatia
Le soussigné, Meta System S.p.A., déclare que Meta System S.p.A. ovime izjavljuje da je radijska
l'équipement radioélectrique du type TXBMWMR oprema tipa TXBMWMR u skladu s Direktivom
est conforme à la directive 2014/53/UE. 2014/53/EU.
Le texte complet de la déclaration UE de Cjeloviti tekst EU izjave o sukladnosti dostupan je
conformité est disponible à l'adresse internet na sljedećoj internetskoj adresi:
suivante: [Link] [Link]

United Kingdom Hungary

Hereby, Meta System S.p.A. declares that the Meta System S.p.A. igazolja, hogy a TXBMWMR
radio equipment type TXBMWMR is in típusú rádióberendezés megfelel a 2014/53/EU
compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU. irányelvnek.
The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is Az EU-megfelelőségi nyilatkozat teljes szövege
available at the following internet address: elérhető a következő internetes címen:
[Link] [Link]
Ireland Luxembourg
Hereby, Meta System S.p.A. declares that the Le soussigné, Meta System S.p.A., déclare que
radio equipment type TXBMWMR is in l'équipement radioélectrique du type TXBMWMR
compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU. est conforme à la directive 2014/53/UE.
The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is Le texte complet de la déclaration UE de
available at the following internet address: conformité est disponible à l'adresse internet
[Link] suivante: [Link]

Italy Latvia
Il fabbricante, Meta System S.p.A., dichiara che il Ar šo Meta System S.p.A. deklarē, ka radioiekārta
tipo di apparecchiatura radio TXBMWMR è TXBMWMR atbilst Direktīvai 2014/53/ES.
conforme alla direttiva 2014/53/UE. Pilns ES atbilstības deklarācijas teksts ir pieejams
Il testo completo della dichiarazione di conformità šādā interneta vietnē: [Link]
UE è disponibile al seguente indirizzo Internet:
[Link] Malta
B'dan, Meta System S.p.A., niddikjara li dan it-tip
Lithuania ta' tagħmir tar-radju TXBMWMR huwa konformi
Aš, Meta System S.p.A., patvirtinu, kad radijo mad-Direttiva 2014/53/UE.
įrenginių tipas TXBMWMR atitinka Direktyvą It-test kollu tad-dikjarazzjoni ta' konformità tal-UE
2014/53/ES. huwa disponibbli f'dan l-indirizz tal-Internet li ġej:
Visas ES atitikties deklaracijos tekstas prieinamas [Link]
šiuo interneto adresu: [Link]
Netherlands Romania
Hierbij verklaar ik, Meta System S.p.A., dat het Prin prezenta, Meta System S.p.A. declară că tipul
type radioapparatuur TXBMWMR conform is met de echipamente radio TXBMWMR este în
Richtlijn 2014/53/EU. conformitate cu Directiva 2014/53/UE.
De volledige tekst van de EU- Textul integral al declarației UE de conformitate
conformiteitsverklaring kan worden geraadpleegd este disponibil la următoarea adresă internet:
op het volgende internetadres: [Link]
[Link]
Sweden
Poland Härmed försäkrar Meta System S.p.A. att denna
Meta System S.p.A. niniejszym oświadcza, że typ typ av radioutrustning TXBMWMR
urządzenia radiowego TXBMWMR jest zgodny z överensstämmer med direktiv 2014/53/EU.
dyrektywą 2014/53/UE. Den fullständiga texten till EU-försäkran om
Pełny tekst deklaracji zgodności UE jest dostępny överensstämmelse finns på följande webbadress:
pod następującym adresem internetowym: [Link]
[Link]
Slovenia
Portugal Meta System S.p.A. potrjuje, da je tip radijske
O(a) abaixo assinado(a) Meta System S.p.A. opreme TXBMWMR skladen z Direktivo
declara que o presente tipo de equipamento de 2014/53/EU.
rádio TXBMWMR está em conformidade com a Celotno besedilo izjave EU o skladnosti je na voljo
Diretiva 2014/53/UE. na naslednjem spletnem naslovu:
O texto integral da declaração de conformidade [Link]
está disponível no seguinte endereço de Internet:
[Link]
Slovakia
Meta System S.p.A. týmto vyhlasuje, že rádiové
zariadenie typu TXBMWMR je v súlade so
smernicou 2014/53/EÚ.
Úplné EÚ vyhlásenie o zhode je k dispozícii na
tejto internetovej adrese:
[Link]
A Self-diagnosis, 170 Brake pads
16 Abbreviations and symbols, 8 Status indicators, 50 Checking front, 201
ABS Average values checking rear, 201
334 Control, 25
reset, 101 Running in, 171
Engineering details, 184
Brakes
operating, 107 B ABS Pro in detail, 186
Self-diagnosis, 169 Battery ABS Pro depending on riding
Status indicators, 49, 79 Charging a disconnected mode, 175
Index

Accessories battery, 226 Adjusting brake lever, 158

z General instructions, 234 Charging battery when Checking function, 200
Alarm connected, 225
Safety instructions, 174
triggering, 152 Indicator light for vehicle
Technical data, 260
Alarm function voltage, 42, 71, 72
deactivating, 153 install, 227 C
Ambient temperature Maintenance instructions, 224 Care
Outside temperature remove, 226 Chrome, 247
warning, 41, 70 Technical data, 264 Paintwork preservation, 248
Reading, 41, 70 Bluetooth, 138 Cases
Anti-theft alarm, 149 Pairing, 138 operate, 235
Indicator light, 29 Brake fluid Chain
Warning, 45, 73 Checking fluid level, front, 202 Adjusting sag, 231
ASC Checking fluid level, rear, 204 Checking sag, 230
Control, 25 Reservoir, front, 23 Checking wear, 231
Engineering details, 187 Reservoir, rear, 23 Lubricating, 230
Indicator and warning light , 81 Chassis and suspension
operating, 108 Technical data, 259
Check control Cruise-control system Distance recorders
Dialogue, 61 operating, 119 Control, 28 16
Reading, 61 Currency, 10 Resetting trip distance
recorder, 101 335
Checklist, 167
Clock D DTC
adjust, 137 Damping Engineering details, 187
adjusting, 102, 103 Adjusting element, 21 Indicator and warning light , 81
Control, 28 Date operating, 108

Index
Clutch adjusting, 103 Self-diagnosis, 170
Adjusting play, 205 Daytime riding lights Status indicators, 50 z
Adjusting the clutch lever, 157 Automatic daytime riding
Checking function, 205 light, 98 E
Checking play, 205 Manual daytime riding light, 97 Electrical system
Deactivating Technical data, 263
Technical data, 258
Alarm function, 153 Emergency call
Coding plug
motion sensor, 151 Automatically in the event of a
installing, 115
Default settings, 154 light fall, 94
Position on the vehicle, 24
D­ESA Automatically in the event of a
Coolant
Checking fill level, 206 Control, 25 severe fall, 95
Fill-level indicator, 23 operating, 110 Information, 14
Indicator light for excess Diagnostic connector Language, 92
temperature, 43, 74 Loosen, 229 manual, 92
Topping up, 207 Position on the vehicle, 24 operate, 92
secure, 230 Reading, 52
Dimensions
Technical data, 265
Emergency off switch (kill switch) Front-wheel stand My vehicle, 141
16 Control, 27 Installing, 197 My Vehicle, 141
operate, 91 Fuel Right side of vehicle, 23
336 Fuel grade, 177
Engine SETUP, 102
Emissions warning light, 43 Fuel reserve, 51 TFT display, 57, 59
Indicator light for engine refuelling, 177
Underneath the seat, 24
control, 75 refuelling with Keyless
Ride, 179, 180 H
Index

Indicator light for engine

electronics, 44, 75 Technical data, 256 Hazard warning flashers
z Malfunction indicator lamp, 74 Fuel reserve Control, 25
Range, 136 operating, 99
starting, 167
Warning, 50, 83 Headlight
Technical data, 257
Engine oil Fuses Adjusting headlight beam
Position on the vehicle, 24 throw, 157
Checking fill level, 198
Replacing, 228 Headlight beam throw, 156
Filler neck, 21
Oil dipstick, 21 Right- or left-hand traffic, 156
G
Technical data, 256 General views Headlight courtesy delay
Topping up, 200 Indicator and warning lights, 32, feature, 96
Equipment, 9 55 Heated handlebar grips
Instrument cluster, 29 Control, 27
F Instrument panel, 28 operate, 122
Final drive Left multifunction switch, 25 operating, 122
Technical data, 259 Left side of vehicle, 21 Horn, 25
Frame Multifunction display, 34
Technical data, 259
Multifunction switch, right, 27
I K Turn indicators, 220
Ignition
switching off, 87
Keyless Ride
Battery of the radio-operated
Warning for defective bulb, 44, 16
72
switching on, 86 key is flat or the key has been 337
Lights
Immobiliser lost, 89 Automatic daytime riding
Emergency key, 91 Fuel filler cap, unlocking, 179, light, 98
Warning, 41 180 Control, 25
Indicator lights, 29 Lock the handlebars, 88 Headlight courtesy delay

Index
Overview, 32, 55 Switching off ignition, 89 feature, 96
Instrument cluster Switching on ignition, 88 Headlight flasher, operating, 95 z
Adjusting the brightness of the Warning, 42, 70, 71 High-beam headlight,
backlighting, 105 Keys, 86, 87 operating, 95
Adjusting the units, 105 Low-beam headlight, 95
Ambient-light brightness L
Lighting Manual daytime riding light, 97
sensor, 29
Replace LED for low-beam and Operating additional
Overview, 28, 29 headlights, 96
Photosensor, 28 high-beam headlight, 219
Replacing LED for brake light Parking lights, operating, 96
J and tail light, 220 Side light, 95
Jump-starting, 223 Replacing LED for side Lowered suspension
light, 220 Restrictions, 164
Replacing the additional Luggage
headlight, 222 Instructions for loading, 164
Replacing the licence plate
bulb, 221
Technical data, 264
M Quitting SETUP, 103 P
16 Maintenance
Maintenance schedule, 271
Selecting display, 100 Pairing, 138
SETUP, 102 Parking, 176
338 Maintenance confirmations, 272 Parking light, 96
Multifunction switch
Maintenance intervals, 269 General view, right side, 27 Performance figures
Malfunction indicator lamp, 43, Overview, left side, 25 Technical data, 266
74 Phone
Media N operating, 147
Index

operating, 146 Navigation Power socket

Menu operating, 144 Notes on use, 234
z Call up, 132
Position on the vehicle, 21
Mirrors O Pre-Ride-Check, 168
Adjusting, 156 Off-road mode Pure Ride
Mobility services, 269 adjusting, 113 Overview, 57
Motion sensor Engineering details, 189
deactivating, 151 Off-roading, 173 R
Motorcycle On-board computer, 144 RDC
care, 245 in the multifunction Engineering details, 191
cleaning, 245 display, 100 Warnings, 46, 76
Lashing, 181 On-board voltage Redline warning
Laying up, 248 Warning, 42, 71, 72 Warning light, 28
parking, 176 Operating focus Refuelling, 177
Multifunction display, 28 change, 133 Fuel grade, 177
Adjusting display, 105 with Keyless Ride, 179, 180
operate, 100 Remote control
Overview, 34 Replacing battery, 90
Rev. counter, 28, 29 Service, 268 Starting, 167
Rev. counter, 135 Service history, 268 Control, 27 16
Rider info status line Service-due indicator, 51, 84 Steering lock
adjusting, 134 339
SETUP Locking, 86
Adjusting, 134 Quit, 103
Rider's Manual reset, 106 T
Position on the vehicle, 24 select, 102 Technical data
Stowage, 125 Battery, 264
Shift assistant

Index
Riding mode, 113 Engineering details, 192 Brakes, 260
Chassis and suspension, 259
Setting PRO riding mode, 116 Gear not trained, 83 z
Setting PRO riding mode with Riding, 172 Clutch, 258
connectivity, 118 Shift lever Dimensions, 265
Riding time Adjusting, 159 Electrical system, 263
Resetting, 101 Shifting gear Engine, 257
Running in, 171 Recommendation to Engine oil, 256
upshift, 53, 136 Final drive, 259
S Spark plugs Frame, 259
Safety instructions Technical data, 264 Fuel, 256
for brakes, 174 Speed Limit Info General instructions, 9
for riding, 164 Switching on or off, 135 Light source, 264
Screw connections, 254 Speedometer, 28, 29 Performance figures, 266
Seat Spring preload Spark plugs, 264
installing, 124 Adjusting, 160 Standards, 9
Lock, 21 Adjusting element, 23 Transmission, 258
removing, 124
Weights, 266 Turn indicators W
16 Wheels and tyres, 261 Control, 25 Warning indicator lights
ABS, 49, 79
TFT display, 29 operating, 99
340 Anti-theft alarm, 45, 73
Control, 25 Type plate
operate, 132, 133 Position on the vehicle, 23 ASC, 81
operating, 134 Tyre pressure monitoring RDC ASC/DTC, 50
Overview, 57, 59 Reading, 45 Bulb faulty, 44, 72
Tyres Coolant temperature, 43, 74
Index

Selecting display, 129

Toolkit Checking inflation DTC, 81
z Position on the vehicle, 24 pressure, 208 Emissions warning light, 43
Topcase Checking tread depth, 208, Engine control unit, 75
operate, 237 209 Engine electronics, 44, 75
Torques, 254 Pressures, 263 EWS, 41
Traction control Recommendation, 209 Fuel reserve, 50, 83
ASC, 187 Running in, 172 Gear not trained, 83
DTC, 187 Technical data, 261 Malfunction indicator lamp, 74
Transmission Top speed, 165 Mode of presentation, 36, 61
Technical data, 258 My vehicle, 141
Trim panels V
Value My Vehicle, 141
Installing tank cover, 223
Reading, 61 On-board voltage, 42, 71, 72
Removing the tank cover, 222
Vehicle Outside temperature
Trip recorder restoring to use, 249 warning, 41, 70
reset, 101 Vehicle Identification Number RDC, 46, 76
Troubleshooting chart, 252 Position on the vehicle, 23
Warning lights, 29
Overview, 32, 55 16
Warnings, overview, 37, 63
341
Weights
Payload table, 24
Technical data, 266
Wheels
Change of size, 209

Index
Checking rims, 208
Checking spokes, 208 z
Installing front wheel, 212
Installing the rear wheel, 216
Removing front wheel, 210
Removing rear wheel, 215
Technical data, 261
Windscreen
Adjusting, 157
16
342

Index

z
Details described or illustrated Original rider’s manual, printed in
in this booklet may differ from Germany.
the vehicle's actual specification
as purchased, the accessories
fitted or the national-market spe-
cification. No claims will be en-
tertained as a result of such dis-
crepancies.
Dimensions, weights, fuel con-
sumption and performance data
are quoted to the customary tol-
erances.
The right to modify designs,
equipment and accessories is
reserved.
Errors and omissions excepted.

© 2019 Bayerische Motoren

Werke Aktiengesellschaft
80788 Munich, Germany
Not to be reproduced by any
means whatsoever, wholly or
in part, without the written per-
mission of BMW Motorrad, After
Sales.
Important data for refuelling:

Fuel
Recommended fuel grade Premium unleaded (maximum 15% ethanol, E15)
95 ROZ/RON
90 AKI

Fuel level approx. 23 l

Reserve fuel approx. 3.5 l
Tyre pressure
Tyre pressure, front 2.2 bar, One-up, tyre cold
2.5 bar, Two-up and/or with luggage, tyre cold
Tyre pressure, rear 2.5 bar, One-up, tyre cold
2.9 bar, Two-up and/or with luggage, tyre cold

You can find further information on all aspects of your vehicle at:
bmw­[Link]

BMW recommends

Order No.: 01 40 9 446 871 *01409446871*

*01409446871*
08.2019, 3rd edition, 01

*01409446871*